summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2017-05-14 22:40:58 +0000
committerKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2017-05-14 22:40:58 +0000
commite0c5d6d38a1f285f20a66692e46d2e607d6ff1dd (patch)
tree977232bc088d27b46d9a6330c8f4f47aa98dbb78 /Master/texmf-dist/source/latex
parent4407d96af752e6e79a48c25c5189bd1a63fbd125 (diff)
l3 (14may17)
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@44351 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist/source/latex')
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3build/l3build.dtx178
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3intarray.dtx271
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3regex.dtx1099
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str-convert.dtx92
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str-format.dtx4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str.ins5
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3tl-analysis.dtx26
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3tl-build.dtx8
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/xcoffins/xcoffins.dtx8
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/xgalley/l3galley.dtx15
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/xgalley/xgalley.dtx4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/expl3.dtx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3alloc.dtx2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3basics.dtx2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3bootstrap.dtx25
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3box.dtx815
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3candidates.dtx714
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3clist.dtx5
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3coffins.dtx125
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3color.dtx29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3deprecation.dtx4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3doc.dtx8
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3docstrip.dtx2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3drivers.dtx267
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3expan.dtx2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3file.dtx2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3final.dtx18
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3flag.dtx2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-assign.dtx2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-aux.dtx2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-basics.dtx2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-convert.dtx2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-expo.dtx2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-extended.dtx2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-logic.dtx30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-parse.dtx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-random.dtx2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-round.dtx2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-traps.dtx2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-trig.dtx2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp.dtx24
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3int.dtx8
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3keys.dtx2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3luatex.dtx2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3msg.dtx2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3names.dtx2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3oldmodules.dtx5
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3prg.dtx2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3prop.dtx6
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3quark.dtx4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3seq.dtx2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3skip.dtx2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3sort.dtx2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3str.dtx4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3sys.dtx10
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3tl.dtx5
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3token.dtx2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/l3keys2e/l3keys2e.dtx8
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xfp/xfp.dtx8
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xfrac/xfrac.dtx8
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xparse/xparse.dtx162
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xtemplate/xtemplate.dtx8
62 files changed, 2465 insertions, 1661 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3build/l3build.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3build/l3build.dtx
index 7287b1a9ac1..81665872e6f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3build/l3build.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3build/l3build.dtx
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
% \tableofcontents
@@ -1026,8 +1026,7 @@
% a suitable function might read as shown in Figure~\ref{fig:update-line}.
% \begin{figure}
% \begin{lstlisting}[frame=single,language={[5.2]Lua},gobble = 6]
-% function setversion_update_line(line, date, version)
-% local i
+% function setversion_update_line(line, date, release)
% -- No real regex so do it one type at a time
% for _,i in pairs({"Class", "File", "Package"}) do
% if string.match(
@@ -1037,7 +1036,7 @@
% line = string.gsub(line, "%[%d%d%d%d/%d%d/%d%d", "["
% .. string.gsub(date, "%-", "/")
% line = string.gsub(
-% line, "(%[%d%d%d%d/%d%d/%d%d) [^ ]*", "%1 " .. version
+% line, "(%[%d%d%d%d/%d%d/%d%d) [^ ]*", "%1 " .. release
% )
% break
% end
@@ -1105,6 +1104,177 @@
% \label{fig:PDF}
% \end{figure}
%
+% \section{Lua interfaces}
+%
+% Whilst for the majority of users the simple variable-based control methods
+% outlined above will suffice, for more advanced applications there will be
+% a need to adjust behavior by using interfaces within the Lua code. This
+% section details the global variables and functions provided.
+%
+% \subsection{Global variables}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{options}
+% The |options| table holds the values passed to \pkg{l3build} at the
+% command line. The possible entries in the table are given in the table
+% below.
+% \begin{center}
+% \begin{tabular}{ll}
+% \toprule
+% Entry & Type \\
+% \midrule
+% \var{date} & String \\
+% \var{engine} & Table \\
+% \var{files} & Table \\
+% \var{halt} & Boolean \\
+% \var{help} & Boolean \\
+% \var{pdf} & Boolean \\
+% \var{quiet} & Boolean \\
+% \var{release} & String \\
+% \var{testfiledir} & String \\
+% \bottomrule
+% \end{tabular}
+% \end{center}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \subsection{Utility functions}
+%
+% The utility functions are largely focussed on file operations, though a small
+% number of others are provided. File paths should be given in Unix style
+% (using |/| as a path separator). File operations take place relative to the
+% path from which \pkg{l3build} is called. File operation syntax is largely
+% modelled on Unix command line commands but reflect the need to work on
+% Windows in a flexible way.
+%
+% \begin{function}{abspath()}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% |abspath(|\meta{target}|)|
+% \end{syntax}
+% Returns a string which gives the absolute location of the
+% \meta{target} directory.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{cleandir()}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% |cleandir(|\meta{dir}|)|
+% \end{syntax}
+% Removes any content within the \meta{dir}; returns an error level.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{cp()}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% |cp(|\meta{glob}, \meta{source}, \meta{destination}|)|
+% \end{syntax}
+% Copies files matching the \meta{glob} from the \meta{source} directory
+% to the \meta{destination}; returns an error level.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{direxists()}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% |direxists(|\meta{dir}|)|
+% \end{syntax}
+% Tests if the \meta{dir} exists; returns a boolean value.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{fileexists()}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% |fileexists(|\meta{file}|)|
+% \end{syntax}
+% Tests if the \meta{file} exists; returns a boolean value.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{filelist()}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% |filelist(|\meta{path}, \oarg{glob}|)|
+% \end{syntax}
+% Returns a table containing all of the files with the \meta{path}
+% which match the \meta{glob}; if the latter is absent returns a list of
+% all files in the \meta{path}.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{mkidr()}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% |mkdir(|\meta{dir}|)|
+% \end{syntax}
+% Creates the \meta{dir}; returns an error level.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{ren()}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% |ren(|\meta{dir}, \meta{source}, \meta{destination}|)|
+% \end{syntax}
+% Renames the \meta{source} file to the \meta{destination} name within
+% the \meta{dir}; returns an error level.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{rm()}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% |rm(|\meta{dir}, \meta{glob}|)|
+% \end{syntax}
+% Removes files in the \meta{dir} matching the \meta{glob}; returns an
+% error level.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{run()}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% |run(|\meta{dir}, \meta{cmd}|)|
+% \end{syntax}
+% Executes the \meta{cmd}, starting it in the \meta{dir}; returns an
+% error level.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{unix_to_win()}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% |unix_to_win(|\meta{path}|)|
+% \end{syntax}
+% Returns a string comprising the \meta{path} with |/| characters replaced
+% by |\\| and thus suitable for use with Windows-specific commands which
+% require this form of path.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \subsection{System-dependent strings}
+%
+% To support creation of additional functionality, the following low-level
+% strings are exposed by \pkg{l3build}: these all have system-dependent
+% definitions and avoid the need to test |os.type| during the construction
+% of system calls.
+%
+% \begin{variable}{os_concat}
+% The concatenation operation for using multiple commands in one
+% system call, \emph{e.g.}
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% os.execute("tex " .. file .. os_concat .. "tex " .. file)
+% \end{verbatim}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{os_null}
+% The location to redirect commands which should produce no output
+% at the terminal: almost always used preded by |>|, \emph{e.g.}
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% os.execute("tex " .. file .. " > " .. os_null)
+% \end{verbatim}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{os_pathsep}
+% The separator used when setting an environment variable to multiple
+% paths, \emph{e.g.}
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% os.execute(os_setenv .. " PATH=../a" .. os_pathsep .. "../b")
+% \end{verbatim}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{os_setenv}
+% The command to set an environmental variable, \emph{e.g.}
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% os.execute(os_setenv .. " PATH=../a")
+% \end{verbatim}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{os_yes}
+% A command to generate a series of $200$ lines each containing the
+% character |y|: this is useful as the Unix |yes| command cannot be
+% used inside |os.execute| (it does not terminate).
+% \end{variable}
+%
% \end{documentation}
%
% \begin{implementation}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3intarray.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3intarray.dtx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0327082bf18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3intarray.dtx
@@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+%% File: l3intarray.dtx Copyright (C) 2017 The LaTeX3 Project
+%
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
+% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
+% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version
+% of this license is in the file
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% This file is part of the "l3experimental bundle" (The Work in LPPL)
+% and all files in that bundle must be distributed together.
+%
+% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% The development version of the bundle can be found at
+%
+% https://github.com/latex3/latex3
+%
+% for those people who are interested.
+%
+%<*driver|package>
+% The version of expl3 required is tested as early as possible, as
+% some really old versions do not define \ProvidesExplPackage.
+\RequirePackage{expl3}[2017/05/13]
+%<package>\@ifpackagelater{expl3}{2017/05/13}
+%<package> {}
+%<package> {%
+%<package> \PackageError{l3intarray}{Support package l3kernel too old}
+%<package> {%
+%<package> Please install an up to date version of l3kernel\MessageBreak
+%<package> using your TeX package manager or from CTAN.\MessageBreak
+%<package> \MessageBreak
+%<package> Loading l3intarray will abort!%
+%<package> }%
+%<package> \endinput
+%<package> }
+%</driver|package>
+%<*driver>
+\documentclass[full]{l3doc}
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\begin{document}
+ \DocInput{\jobname.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+% \fi
+%
+%
+% \title{^^A
+% The \textsf{l3intarray} package: low-level arrays of small integers^^A
+% }
+%
+% \author{^^A
+% The \LaTeX3 Project\thanks
+% {^^A
+% E-mail:
+% \href{mailto:latex-team@latex-project.org}
+% {latex-team@latex-project.org}^^A
+% }^^A
+% }
+%
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
+%
+% \maketitle
+%
+% \begin{documentation}
+%
+% \section{\pkg{l3intarray} documentation}
+%
+% This module provides no user function: at present it is meant for
+% kernel use only.
+%
+% It is a wrapper around the \tn{fontdimen} primitive, used to store
+% arrays of integers (with a restricted range: absolute value at most
+% $2^{30}-1$). In contrast to \pkg{l3seq} sequences the access to
+% individual entries is done in constant time rather than linear time,
+% but only integers can be stored. More precisely, the primitive
+% \tn{fontdimen} stores dimensions but the \pkg{l3intarray} package
+% transparently converts these from/to integers. Assignments are always
+% global.
+%
+% While \LuaTeX{}'s memory is extensible, other engines can
+% \enquote{only} deal with a bit less than $4\times 10^6$ entries in all
+% \tn{fontdimen} arrays combined (with default \TeX{}Live settings).
+%
+% \subsection{Internal functions}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\__intarray_new:Nn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{__intarray_new:Nn} \meta{intarray~var} \Arg{size}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Evaluates the integer expression \meta{size} and allocates an
+% \meta{integer array variable} with that number of (zero) entries.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}[EXP]{\__intarray_count:N}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{__intarray_count:N} \meta{intarray~var}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Expands to the number of entries in the \meta{integer array variable}.
+% Contrarily to \cs{seq_count:N} this is performed in constant time.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\__intarray_gset:Nnn, \__intarray_gset_fast:Nnn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{__intarray_gset:Nnn} \meta{intarray~var} \Arg{position} \Arg{value}
+% \cs{__intarray_gset_fast:Nnn} \meta{intarray~var} \Arg{position} \Arg{value}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Stores the result of evaluating the integer expression \meta{value}
+% into the \meta{integer array variable} at the (integer expression)
+% \meta{position}. While \cs{__intarray_gset:Nnn} checks that the
+% \meta{position} is between $1$ and the \cs{__intarray_count:N} and that
+% the \meta{value}'s absolute value is at most $2^{30}-1$, the
+% \enquote{fast} function performs no such bound check.
+% Assignments are always global.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}[EXP]{\__intarray_item:Nn, \__intarray_item_fast:Nn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{__intarray_item:Nn} \meta{intarray~var} \Arg{position}
+% \cs{__intarray_item_fast:Nn} \meta{intarray~var} \Arg{position}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Expands to the integer entry stored at the (integer expression)
+% \meta{position} in the \meta{integer array variable}. While
+% \cs{__intarray_item:Nn} checks that the \meta{position} is between $1$
+% and the \cs{__intarray_count:N}, the \enquote{fast} function performs
+% no such bound check.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \end{documentation}
+%
+% \begin{implementation}
+%
+% \section{\pkg{l3intarray} implementation}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*initex|package>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<@@=intarray>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{l3intarray}{2017/05/13}{}
+ {L3 Experimental low-level arrays of small integers}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Allocating arrays}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\g_@@_font_int}
+% Used to assign one font per array.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\int_new:N \g_@@_font_int
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_new:Nn}
+% Declare |#1| to be a font (arbitrarily |cmr10| at a never-used
+% size). Store the array's size as the \tn{hyphenchar} of that font
+% and make sure enough \tn{fontdimen} are allocated, by setting the
+% last one. Then clear any \tn{fontdimen} that |cmr10| starts with.
+% It seems \LuaTeX{}'s |cmr10| has an extra \tn{fontdimen} parameter
+% number $8$ compared to other engines (for a math font we would
+% replace $8$ by $22$ or some such).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_new:Nn #1#2
+ {
+ \__chk_if_free_cs:N #1
+ \int_gincr:N \g_@@_font_int
+ \tex_global:D \tex_font:D #1 = cmr10~at~ \g_@@_font_int sp \scan_stop:
+ \tex_hyphenchar:D #1 = \int_eval:n {#2} \scan_stop:
+ \int_compare:nNnT { \tex_hyphenchar:D #1 } > 0
+ { \tex_fontdimen:D \tex_hyphenchar:D #1 #1 = 0 sp \scan_stop: }
+ \int_step_inline:nnnn { 1 } { 1 } { 8 }
+ { \tex_fontdimen:D ##1 #1 = 0 sp \scan_stop: }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[int, EXP]{\@@_count:N}
+% Size of an array.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_count:N #1 { \tex_the:D \tex_hyphenchar:D #1 }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Array items}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_gset:Nnn, \@@_gset_fast:Nnn}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_gset_aux:Nnn}
+% Set the appropriate \tn{fontdimen}. The slow version checks the
+% position and value are within bounds.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_gset_fast:Nnn #1#2#3
+ { \tex_fontdimen:D \int_eval:n {#2} #1 = \int_eval:n {#3} sp \scan_stop: }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_gset:Nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \exp_args:Nff \@@_gset_aux:Nnn #1
+ { \int_eval:n {#2} } { \int_eval:n {#3} }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_gset_aux:Nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \int_compare:nTF { 1 <= #2 <= \@@_count:N #1 }
+ {
+ \int_compare:nTF { - \c_max_dim <= \int_abs:n {#3} <= \c_max_dim }
+ { \@@_gset_fast:Nnn #1 {#2} {#3} }
+ {
+ \__msg_kernel_error:nnxxxx { intarray } { overflow }
+ { \token_to_str:N #1 } {#2} {#3}
+ { \int_compare:nNnT {#3} < 0 { - } \__int_value:w \c_max_dim }
+ \@@_gset_fast:Nnn #1 {#2}
+ { \int_compare:nNnT {#3} < 0 { - } \c_max_dim }
+ }
+ }
+ {
+ \__msg_kernel_error:nnxxx { intarray } { out-of-bounds }
+ { \token_to_str:N #1 } {#2} { \@@_count:N #1 }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\@@_item:Nn, \@@_item_fast:Nn}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_item_aux:Nn}
+% Get the appropriate \tn{fontdimen} and perform bound checks if requested.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_item_fast:Nn #1#2
+ { \__int_value:w \tex_fontdimen:D \int_eval:n {#2} #1 }
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_item:Nn #1#2
+ { \exp_args:Nf \@@_item_aux:Nn #1 { \int_eval:n {#2} } }
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_item_aux:Nn #1#2
+ {
+ \int_compare:nTF { 1 <= #2 <= \@@_count:N #1 }
+ { \@@_item_fast:Nn #1 {#2} }
+ {
+ \__msg_kernel_expandable_error:nnnnn { intarray } { out-of-bounds }
+ { \token_to_str:N #1 } {#2} { \@@_count:N #1 }
+ 0
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Messages}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { intarray } { overflow }
+ { Integers~larger~than~2^{30}-1~cannot~be~stored~in~arrays. }
+ {
+ An~attempt~was~made~to~store~#3~at~position~#2~in~the~array~'#1'.~
+ The~largest~allowed~value~#4~will~be~used~instead.
+ }
+\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { intarray } { out-of-bounds }
+ { Access~to~an~entry~beyond~an~array's~bounds. }
+ {
+ An~attempt~was~made~to~access~or~store~data~at~position~#2~of~the~
+ array~'#1',~but~this~array~has~entries~at~positions~from~1~to~#3.
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</initex|package>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \end{implementation}
+%
+% \PrintIndex
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3regex.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3regex.dtx
index 3b26d43f4e5..ddfbc79de23 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3regex.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3regex.dtx
@@ -23,8 +23,8 @@
%<*driver|package>
% The version of expl3 required is tested as early as possible, as
% some really old versions do not define \ProvidesExplPackage.
-\RequirePackage{expl3}[2017/04/01]
-%<package>\@ifpackagelater{expl3}{2017/04/01}
+\RequirePackage{expl3}[2017/05/13]
+%<package>\@ifpackagelater{expl3}{2017/05/13}
%<package> {}
%<package> {%
%<package> \PackageError{l3regex}{Support package l3kernel too old}
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -352,21 +352,37 @@
% \subsection{Syntax of the replacement text}
%
% Most of the features described in regular expressions do not make
-% sense within the replacement text. Escaped characters are supported
-% as inside regular expressions. The whole match is accessed as~|\0|,
-% and the first~$9$ submatches are accessed as |\1|, \ldots{},~|\9|.
-% Further submatches are accessed through |\g{|\meta{number}|}| where
-% \meta{number} is any non-negative integer. If there are fewer than
-% \meta{number} capturing groups, the submatch is empty.
+% sense within the replacement text. Backslash introduces various
+% special constructions:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item |\0| is the whole match;
+% \item |\1|, |\2|, \ldots{}, |\9| or |\g{|\meta{number}|}| are the
+% submatches (empty if there are fewer than \meta{number} capturing
+% groups);
+% \item \verb*|\ | inserts a space (spaces are ignored when not
+% escaped);
+% \item |\a|, |\e|, |\f|, |\n|, |\r|, |\t|, |\xhh|, |\x{hhh}|
+% correspond to single characters as in regular expressions;
+% \item |\c|\Arg{cs~name} inserts a control sequence;
+% \item |\c|\meta{category}\meta{character} (see below);
+% \item |\u|\Arg{tl~var~name} inserts the contents of the
+% \meta{tl~var} (see below).
+% \end{itemize}
+% Characters other than backslash and space are simply inserted in the
+% result (but since the replacement text is first converted to a string,
+% one should also escape characters that are special for \TeX{}, for
+% instance use~|\#|). Non-alphanumeric characters can always be safely
+% escaped with a backslash.
%
% For instance,
% \begin{verbatim}
% \tl_set:Nn \l_my_tl { Hello,~world! }
-% \regex_replace_all:nnN { ([er]?l|o) . } { \(\0\-\-\1\) } \l_my_tl
+% \regex_replace_all:nnN { ([er]?l|o) . } { (\0--\1) } \l_my_tl
% \end{verbatim}
% results in \cs{l_my_tl} holding |H(ell--el)(o,--o) w(or--o)(ld--l)!|
%
-% Submatches keep the same category codes as in the original token list.
+% Submatches always keep the same category codes as in the original
+% token list.
% The characters inserted by the replacement have category code $12$
% (other) by default, with the exception of space characters. Spaces
% inserted through \verb*|\ | have category code $10$, while spaces
@@ -374,21 +390,25 @@
% The escape sequence |\c| allows to insert characters
% with arbitrary category codes, as well as control sequences.
% \begin{l3regex-syntax}
-% \item[\\cXY] Produces the character~|Y| (which can be given as an
-% escape sequence such as~|\t| for tab, or |\(| or~|\)| for a
-% parenthesis) with category code~|X|, which must be one of
-% |CBEMTPUDSLOA|.
+% \item[\\cX(\ldots{})] Produces the characters \enquote{\ldots{}} with
+% category~|X|, which must be one of |CBEMTPUDSLOA| as in regular
+% expressions. Parentheses are optional for a single character (which
+% can be an escape sequence). This can be nested, for instance
+% |\cL(Hello\cS\ world)!|
% \item[\\c\Arg{text}] Produces the control sequence with csname
% \meta{text}. The \meta{text} may contain references to the
-% submatches |\0|, |\1|, \emph{etc.}
+% submatches |\0|, |\1|, and so on, as in the example for |\u| below.
% \end{l3regex-syntax}
%
% The escape sequence |\u|\Arg{tl~var~name} allows to insert the
% contents of the token list with name \meta{tl~var~name} directly into
-% the replacement, avoiding the need to escape special characters.
-% Within the construction |\c|\Arg{text}, the |\u|~escape sequence only
-% expands its argument once, in effect performing \cs{tl_to_str:v}.
-% Submatches can be used within the argument of |\u|. For instance,
+% the replacement, giving an easier control of category codes.
+% Within |\c{|\ldots{}|}| and |\u{|\ldots{}|}| constructions, the |\u|
+% and |\c|~escape sequences perform \cs{tl_to_str:v}, namely extract the
+% value of the control sequence and turn it into a string.
+%
+% Matches can be used within the arguments of |\c| and |\u|. For
+% instance,
% \begin{verbatim}
% \tl_set:Nn \l_my_one_tl { first }
% \tl_set:Nn \l_my_two_tl { \emph{second} }
@@ -611,7 +631,8 @@
% \item Currently, |a{\x34}| is recognized as |a{4}|.
% \item Cleaner error reporting in the replacement phase.
% \item Add tracing information.
-% \item Detect attempts to use back-references.
+% \item Detect attempts to use back-references and other
+% non-implemented syntax.
% \item Test for the maximum register \cs{c_max_register_int}.
% \item Find out whether the fact that |\W| and friends match the
% end-marker leads to bugs. Possibly update \cs{__regex_item_reverse:n}.
@@ -622,23 +643,19 @@
%
% Code improvements to come.
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item Change \tn{skip} to \tn{dimen} for the array of active
-% threads, and shift the array of submatch informations so that it
-% starts at \tn{skip}$0$.
-% \item Optimize |\c{abc}| for matching a specific control sequence.
+% \item Shift arrays so that the useful information starts at
+% position~$1$.
% \item Only build \c{...} once.
-% \item Use \tn{skip} for the left and right state stacks when
+% \item Use arrays for the left and right state stacks when
% compiling a regex.
% \item Should \cs{__regex_action_free_group:n} only be used for greedy
% |{n,}| quantifier? (I think not.)
% \item Quantifiers for |\u| and assertions.
-% \item Improve digit grabbing for the |\g| escape in replacement.
-% Allow arbitrary integer expressions for all those numbers?
% \item When matching, keep track of an explicit stack of
% \texttt{current_state} and \texttt{current_submatches}.
% \item If possible, when a state is reused by the same thread, kill
% other subthreads.
-% \item Use \tn{dimen} registers rather than \cs{l__regex_balance_tl}
+% \item Use an array rather than \cs{l__regex_balance_tl}
% to build \cs{__regex_replacement_balance_one_match:n}.
% \item Reduce the number of epsilon-transitions in alternatives.
% \item Optimize simple strings: use less states (|abcade| should give
@@ -650,8 +667,6 @@
% \item Optimize the use of \cs{int_step_...} functions.
% \item Groups don't capture within regexes for csnames; optimize and
% document.
-% \item Decide and document what |\c{\c{...}}| should do in the
-% replacement text, similar questions for |\u|.
% \item Better \enquote{show} for anchors, properties, and catcode tests.
% \item Does |\K| really need a new state for itself?
% \item When compiling, use a boolean \texttt{in_cs} and less magic
@@ -664,7 +679,6 @@
% The following features are likely to be implemented at some point
% in the future.
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item Allow |\cL(abc)| in replacement text.
% \item General look-ahead/behind assertions.
% \item Regex matching on external files.
% \item Conditional subpatterns with look ahead/behind: \enquote{if
@@ -680,13 +694,11 @@
% This requires to manipulate a lot of data, probably using tree-boxes.
% \end{itemize}
%
-% The following features of \textsc{pcre} or Perl will probably not be
+% The following features of \textsc{pcre} or Perl may or may not be
% implemented.
% \begin{itemize}
% \item |\ddd|, matching the character with octal code \texttt{ddd};
-% \item Callout with |(?C...)|, we cannot run arbitrary user code
-% during the matching, because the regex code uses registers in an
-% unsafe way;
+% \item Callout with |(?C...)|;
% \item Conditional subpatterns (other than with a look-ahead or
% look-behind condition): this is non-regular, isn't it?
% \item Named subpatterns: \TeX{} programmers have lived so far
@@ -705,9 +717,7 @@
% non-backtracking algorithm, and difficult to implement.
% \item Subroutine calls: this syntactic sugar is difficult to include
% in a non-backtracking algorithm, in particular because the
-% corresponding group should be treated as atomic. Also, we cannot
-% afford to run user code within the regular expression matching,
-% because of our \enquote{misuse} of registers.
+% corresponding group should be treated as atomic.
% \item Recursion: this is a non-regular feature.
% \item Back-references: non-regular feature, this requires
% backtracking, which is prohibitively slow.
@@ -734,9 +744,9 @@
%
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*package>
-\ProvidesExplPackage{l3regex}{2017/04/01}{}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{l3regex}{2017/05/13}{}
{L3 Experimental regular expressions}
-\RequirePackage{l3tl-build, l3tl-analysis, l3str-convert}
+\RequirePackage{l3tl-build, l3tl-analysis, l3intarray}
%</package>
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -754,7 +764,7 @@
% \item (Compiling.) Analyse the regex, finding invalid input, and
% convert it to an internal representation.
% \item (Building.) Convert the compiled regex to a non-deterministic
-% finite automaton (\textsc{nfa}) with roughly $n$ states which
+% finite automaton (\textsc{nfa}) with $O(n)$ states which
% accepts precisely token lists matching that regex.
% \item (Matching.) Loop through the query token list one token (one
% \enquote{position}) at a time, exploring in parallel every
@@ -787,46 +797,42 @@
% unique id for all the steps of the matching algorithm.
% \end{itemize}
%
-% To achieve a good performance, we abuse \TeX{}'s registers in two
-% ways. We access registers directly by number rather than tying them
-% to control sequence using \cs{int_new:N} and other allocation
-% functions. And we store integers in \tn{dimen} registers in scaled
-% points (\texttt{sp}), using \TeX{}'s implicit conversion from
-% dimensions to integers in some contexts. Specifically, the registers
-% are used as follows. When compiling, \tn{toks} registers are used
-% under the hood by functions from the \pkg{l3tl-build} module. When
-% building,
+% We use \pkg{l3intarray} to manipulate arrays of integers (stored into
+% some dimension registers in scaled points). We also abuse \TeX{}'s
+% \tn{toks} registers, by accessing them directly by number rather than
+% tying them to control sequence using the \tn{newtoks} allocation
+% functions. Specifically, these arrays and \tn{toks} are used as
+% follows. When compiling, \tn{toks} registers are used under the hood
+% by functions from the \pkg{l3tl-build} module. When building,
+% \tn{toks}\meta{state} holds the tests and actions to perform in the
+% \meta{state} of the \textsc{nfa}. When matching,
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item \tn{toks}\meta{state} holds the tests and actions to perform
-% in the \meta{state} of the \textsc{nfa}.
-% \item (Not implemented yet.)
-% \tn{skip}$i$ has the form \meta{group id} \texttt{plus}
-% \meta{left state} \texttt{minus} \meta{right state}.
-% \end{itemize}
-% When matching,
-% \begin{itemize}
-% \item \tn{dimen}\meta{state} is equal to the last \meta{step} in
-% which the \meta{state} was active.
-% \item (Currently, we use \tn{skip} instead of \tn{dimen}.)
-% \tn{dimen}\meta{thread}, with $\texttt{min_active} \leq
-% \meta{thread} < \texttt{max_active}$, is equal to the
-% \meta{state} in which the \meta{thread} currently is. The
+% \item \cs{g_@@_state_active_intarray} holds the last \meta{step} in
+% which each \meta{state} was active.
+% \item \cs{g_@@_thread_state_intarray} maps each \meta{thread} (with
+% $\texttt{min_active} \leq \meta{thread} < \texttt{max_active}$) to
+% the \meta{state} in which the \meta{thread} currently is. The
% \meta{threads} or ordered starting from the best to the least
% preferred.
% \item \tn{toks}\meta{thread} holds the submatch information for the
% \meta{thread}, as the contents of a property list.
-% \item \tn{muskip}\meta{position} holds as its main and stretch
-% components the character and category code of the token at this
+% \item \cs{g_@@_charcode_intarray} and \cs{g_@@_catcode_intarray} hold the
+% character codes and category codes of tokens at each
% \meta{position} in the query.
+% \item \cs{g_@@_balance_intarray} holds the balance of begin-group and
+% end-group character tokens which appear before that point in the
+% token list.
% \item \tn{toks}\meta{position} holds \meta{tokens} which \texttt{o}-
% and \texttt{x}-expand to the \meta{position}-th token in the query.
-% \item \tn{skip} registers hold the value of end-points of all
-% submatches as would be extracted by the \cs{regex_extract}
-% functions. Since smaller \tn{skip} registers are used, the minimum
-% index is twice \texttt{max_state}, and the used registers go up to
-% \cs{l_@@_submatch_int}. They are organized in blocks of
-% \texttt{capturing_group}, each block corresponding to one match
-% with all its submatches stored in consecutive \tn{skip}s.
+% \item \cs{g_@@_submatch_prev_intarray}, \cs{g_@@_submatch_begin_intarray}
+% and \cs{g_@@_submatch_end_intarray} hold, for each submatch (as would
+% be extracted by \cs{regex_extract_all:nnN}), the place where the
+% submatch started to be looked for and its two end-points. For
+% historical reasons, the minimum index is twice \texttt{max_state},
+% and the used registers go up to \cs{l_@@_submatch_int}. They are
+% organized in blocks of \cs{l_@@_capturing_group_int} entries, each
+% block corresponding to one match with all its submatches stored in
+% consecutive entries.
% \end{itemize}
% \tn{count} registers are not abused, which means that we can safely
% use named integers in this module. Note that \tn{box} registers are
@@ -851,6 +857,89 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_standard_escapechar:}
+% Make the \tn{escapechar} into the standard backslash.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_standard_escapechar:
+ { \int_set:Nn \tex_escapechar:D { `\\ } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[int, EXP]{\@@_toks_use:w}
+% Unpack a \tn{toks} given its number.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_toks_use:w { \tex_the:D \tex_toks:D }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_toks_clear:N, \@@_toks_set:Nn, \@@_toks_set:No}
+% Empty a \tn{toks} or set it to a value, given its number.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_toks_clear:N #1
+ { \tex_toks:D #1 { } }
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@@_toks_set:Nn \tex_toks:D
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_toks_set:No #1
+ { \@@_toks_set:Nn #1 \exp_after:wN }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_toks_memcpy:NNn}
+% Copy |#3| \tn{toks} registers from |#2| onwards to |#1| onwards,
+% like |C|'s |memcpy|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_toks_memcpy:NNn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \prg_replicate:nn {#3}
+ {
+ \tex_toks:D #1 = \tex_toks:D #2
+ \int_incr:N #1
+ \int_incr:N #2
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_toks_put_left:Nx}
+% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_toks_put_right:Nx, \@@_toks_put_right:Nn}
+% During the building phase we wish to add \texttt{x}-expanded
+% material to \tn{toks}, either to the left or to the right. The
+% expansion is done \enquote{by hand} for optimization (these
+% operations are used quite a lot). The \texttt{Nn} version of
+% \cs{@@_toks_put_right:Nx} is provided because it is more
+% efficient than \texttt{x}-expanding with \cs{exp_not:n}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_toks_put_left:Nx #1#2
+ {
+ \cs_set:Npx \@@_tmp:w { #2 }
+ \tex_toks:D #1 \exp_after:wN \exp_after:wN \exp_after:wN
+ { \exp_after:wN \@@_tmp:w \tex_the:D \tex_toks:D #1 }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_toks_put_right:Nx #1#2
+ {
+ \cs_set:Npx \@@_tmp:w {#2}
+ \tex_toks:D #1 \exp_after:wN
+ { \tex_the:D \tex_toks:D \exp_after:wN #1 \@@_tmp:w }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_toks_put_right:Nn #1#2
+ { \tex_toks:D #1 \exp_after:wN { \tex_the:D \tex_toks:D #1 #2 } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[int, rEXP]{\@@_current_cs_to_str:}
+% Expands to the string representation of the token (known to be a
+% control sequence) at the current position \cs{l_@@_current_pos_int}.
+% It should only be used in \texttt{x}-expansion to avoid losing a
+% leading space.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_current_cs_to_str:
+ {
+ \exp_after:wN \exp_after:wN \exp_after:wN \cs_to_str:N
+ \tex_the:D \tex_toks:D \l_@@_current_pos_int
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \subsubsection{Constants and variables}
%
% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_tmp:w}
@@ -894,14 +983,24 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{variable}
%
-% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_balance_int}
+% \begin{variable}{\g_@@_charcode_intarray, \g_@@_catcode_intarray, \g_@@_balance_intarray}
% The first thing we do when matching is to go once through the query
-% token list and store the information for each token as \tn{muskip}
-% and \tn{toks} registers. During this phase, \cs{l_@@_balance_int}
-% counts the balance of begin-group and end-group character tokens
-% which appear before a given point in the token list, and we store it
-% as the shrink component of each \tn{muskip} register. This variable
-% is also used to keep track of the balance in the replacement text.
+% token list and store the information for each token into
+% \cs{g_@@_charcode_intarray}, \cs{g_@@_catcode_intarray} and \tn{toks}
+% registers. We also store the balance of begin-group/end-group
+% characters into \cs{g_@@_balance_intarray}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\__intarray_new:Nn \g_@@_charcode_intarray { 65536 }
+\__intarray_new:Nn \g_@@_catcode_intarray { 65536 }
+\__intarray_new:Nn \g_@@_balance_intarray { 65536 }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_balance_int}
+% During this phase, \cs{l_@@_balance_int} counts the balance of
+% begin-group and end-group character tokens which appear before a
+% given point in the token list. This variable is also used to keep
+% track of the balance in the replacement text.
% \begin{macrocode}
\int_new:N \l_@@_balance_int
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -918,6 +1017,20 @@
%
% \subsubsection{Testing characters}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_ascii_min_int, \c_@@_ascii_max_control_int, \c_@@_ascii_max_int}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\int_const:Nn \c_@@_ascii_min_int { 0 }
+\int_const:Nn \c_@@_ascii_max_control_int { 31 }
+\int_const:Nn \c_@@_ascii_max_int { 127 }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\c_@@_ascii_lower_int}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\int_const:Nn \c_@@_ascii_lower_int { `a - `A }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_break_point:TF}
% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_break_true:w}
% When testing whether a character of the query token list matches
@@ -1027,12 +1140,12 @@
\if_int_compare:w \l_@@_current_char_int > `Z \exp_stop_f:
\if_int_compare:w \l_@@_current_char_int > `z \exp_stop_f: \else:
\if_int_compare:w \l_@@_current_char_int < `a \exp_stop_f: \else:
- \int_sub:Nn \l_@@_case_changed_char_int { \c__str_ascii_lower_int }
+ \int_sub:Nn \l_@@_case_changed_char_int { \c_@@_ascii_lower_int }
\fi:
\fi:
\else:
\if_int_compare:w \l_@@_current_char_int < `A \exp_stop_f: \else:
- \int_add:Nn \l_@@_case_changed_char_int { \c__str_ascii_lower_int }
+ \int_add:Nn \l_@@_case_changed_char_int { \c_@@_ascii_lower_int }
\fi:
\fi:
}
@@ -1099,12 +1212,7 @@
\int_compare:nNnTF \l_@@_current_catcode_int = 0
{
\tl_set:Nx \l_@@_internal_a_tl
- {
- \scan_stop:
- \exp_after:wN \exp_after:wN \exp_after:wN \cs_to_str:N
- \tex_the:D \tex_toks:D \l_@@_current_pos_int
- \scan_stop:
- }
+ { \scan_stop: \@@_current_cs_to_str: \scan_stop: }
\tl_if_in:noTF { \scan_stop: #1 \scan_stop: } \l_@@_internal_a_tl
{ \@@_break_true:w } { }
}
@@ -1128,12 +1236,7 @@
\int_compare:nNnT \l_@@_current_catcode_int = 0
{
\group_begin:
- \tl_set:Nx \l_@@_cs_name_tl
- {
- \exp_after:wN \exp_after:wN
- \exp_after:wN \cs_to_str:N
- \tex_the:D \tex_toks:D \l_@@_current_pos_int
- }
+ \tl_set:Nx \l_@@_cs_name_tl { \@@_current_cs_to_str: }
\@@_single_match:
\@@_disable_submatches:
\@@_build_for_cs:n {#1}
@@ -1214,16 +1317,16 @@
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_posix_ascii:
{
\@@_item_caseful_range:nn
- \c__str_ascii_min_int
- \c__str_ascii_max_int
+ \c_@@_ascii_min_int
+ \c_@@_ascii_max_int
}
\cs_new_eq:NN \@@_posix_blank: \@@_prop_h:
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_posix_cntrl:
{
\@@_item_caseful_range:nn
- \c__str_ascii_min_int
- \c__str_ascii_max_control_int
- \@@_item_caseful_equal:n \c__str_ascii_max_int
+ \c_@@_ascii_min_int
+ \c_@@_ascii_max_control_int
+ \@@_item_caseful_equal:n \c_@@_ascii_max_int
}
\cs_new_eq:NN \@@_posix_digit: \@@_prop_d:
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_posix_graph:
@@ -1301,8 +1404,8 @@
\cs_set:Npn \@@_escape_unescaped:N ##1 { #1 }
\cs_set:Npn \@@_escape_escaped:N ##1 { #2 }
\cs_set:Npn \@@_escape_raw:N ##1 { #3 }
- \int_set:Nn \tex_escapechar:D { `\\ }
- \__str_gset_other:Nn \g_@@_internal_tl { #4 }
+ \@@_standard_escapechar:
+ \tl_gset:Nx \g_@@_internal_tl { \__str_to_other_fast:n {#4} }
\tl_set:Nx \l_@@_internal_b_tl
{
\exp_after:wN \@@_escape_loop:N \g_@@_internal_tl
@@ -1389,12 +1492,11 @@
%
% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_escape_/x:w}
% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_escape_x_end:w, \@@_escape_x_large:n}
-% When |\x| is encountered, \cs{@@_escape_x_test:N} is responsible
-% for grabbing some hexadecimal digits, and feeding the result to
-% \cs{@@_escape_x_end:w}. If the number is $<256$, then it is
-% turned into a byte and fed to \cs{@@_escape_raw:N}. Otherwise,
-% interrupt the assignment, and either produce an error, or use a
-% standard \tn{lowercase} trick depending on the precise value.
+% When |\x| is encountered, \cs{@@_escape_x_test:N} is responsible for
+% grabbing some hexadecimal digits, and feeding the result to
+% \cs{@@_escape_x_end:w}. If the number is too big interrupt the
+% assignment and produce an error, otherwise call \cs{@@_escape_raw:N}
+% on the corresponding character token.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new:cpn { @@_escape_/x:w } \@@_escape_loop:N
{
@@ -1403,40 +1505,23 @@
}
\cs_new:Npn \@@_escape_x_end:w #1 ;
{
- \int_compare:nNnTF {#1} > \c__str_max_byte_int
- { \@@_escape_x_large:n {#1} }
+ \int_compare:nNnTF {#1} > \c_max_char_int
+ {
+ \if_false: { \fi: }
+ \__tl_build_one:o \l_@@_internal_b_tl
+ \__msg_kernel_error:nnx { regex } { x-overflow } {#1}
+ \tl_set:Nx \l_@@_internal_b_tl
+ { \if_false: } \fi:
+ }
{
\exp_last_unbraced:Nf \@@_escape_raw:N
- { \__str_output_byte:n {#1} }
+ { \char_generate:nn {#1} { 12 } }
}
}
-\group_begin:
- \char_set_catcode_other:n { 0 }
- \cs_new:Npn \@@_escape_x_large:n #1
- {
- \if_false: { \fi: }
- \__tl_build_one:o \l_@@_internal_b_tl
- \int_compare:nNnTF {#1} > \c_max_char_int
- {
- \__msg_kernel_error:nnx { regex } { x-overflow } {#1}
- \tl_set:Nx \l_@@_internal_b_tl
- { \if_false: } \fi:
- }
- {
- \char_set_lccode:nn { 0 } {#1}
- \tex_lowercase:D
- {
- \tl_set:Nx \l_@@_internal_b_tl
- { \if_false: } \fi:
- \@@_escape_raw:N ^^@
- }
- }
- }
-\group_end:
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
-% ^^A todo: use char_generate in above and rest of file
+%
% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_escape_x_test:N, \@@_escape_x_testii:N}
% Find out whether the first character is a left brace (allowing any
% number of hexadecimal digits), or not (allowing up to two
@@ -1461,7 +1546,7 @@
\if_charcode:w \c_left_brace_str #1
\exp_after:wN \@@_escape_x_loop:N
\else:
- \__str_hexadecimal_use:NTF #1
+ \@@_hexadecimal_use:NTF #1
{ \exp_after:wN \@@_escape_x:N }
{ ; \exp_after:wN \@@_escape_loop:N \exp_after:wN #1 }
\fi:
@@ -1476,7 +1561,7 @@
{
\str_if_eq_x:nnTF {#1} { break } { ; }
{
- \__str_hexadecimal_use:NTF #1
+ \@@_hexadecimal_use:NTF #1
{ ; \@@_escape_loop:N }
{ ; \@@_escape_loop:N #1 }
}
@@ -1494,7 +1579,7 @@
\str_if_eq_x:nnTF {#1} { break }
{ ; \@@_escape_x_loop_error:n { } {#1} }
{
- \__str_hexadecimal_use:NTF #1
+ \@@_hexadecimal_use:NTF #1
{ \@@_escape_x_loop:N }
{
\token_if_eq_charcode:NNTF \c_space_token #1
@@ -1520,6 +1605,35 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}[aux, rEXP]{\@@_hexadecimal_use:NTF}
+% \TeX{} detects uppercase hexadecimal digits for us but not the
+% lowercase letters, which we need to detect and replace by their
+% uppercase counterpart.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \@@_hexadecimal_use:N #1 { TF }
+ {
+ \if_int_compare:w 1 < "1 \token_to_str:N #1 \exp_stop_f:
+ #1 \prg_return_true:
+ \else:
+ \if_case:w \__int_eval:w
+ \exp_after:wN ` \token_to_str:N #1 - `a
+ \__int_eval_end:
+ A
+ \or: B
+ \or: C
+ \or: D
+ \or: E
+ \or: F
+ \else:
+ \prg_return_false:
+ \exp_after:wN \use_none:n
+ \fi:
+ \prg_return_true:
+ \fi:
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \begin{macro}[EXP, aux]
% {\@@_char_if_alphanumeric:NTF, \@@_char_if_special:NTF}
% These two tests are used in the first pass when parsing a regular
@@ -1549,7 +1663,7 @@
{
\if_int_compare:w `#1 > `Z \exp_stop_f:
\if_int_compare:w `#1 > `z \exp_stop_f:
- \if_int_compare:w `#1 < \c__str_ascii_max_int
+ \if_int_compare:w `#1 < \c_@@_ascii_max_int
\prg_return_true: \else: \prg_return_false: \fi:
\else:
\if_int_compare:w `#1 < `a \exp_stop_f:
@@ -1991,7 +2105,7 @@
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_compile:n #1
{
\@@_compile:w
- \int_set:Nn \tex_escapechar:D { `\\ }
+ \@@_standard_escapechar:
\int_set_eq:NN \l_@@_mode_int \c_@@_outer_mode_int
\@@_escape_use:nnnn
{
@@ -2915,7 +3029,7 @@
{
\if_int_odd:w \__int_eval:w \l_@@_catcodes_int / #1 \__int_eval_end:
\else:
- \tex_advance:D \l_@@_catcodes_int #1
+ \int_add:Nn \l_@@_catcodes_int {#1}
\fi:
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_compile_c_lbrack_end:
@@ -3105,8 +3219,8 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_compile_u_in_cs:
{
- \exp_args:NNo \__str_gset_other:Nn \g_@@_internal_tl
- { \l_@@_internal_a_tl }
+ \tl_gset:Nx \g_@@_internal_tl
+ { \exp_args:No \__str_to_other_fast:n { \l_@@_internal_a_tl } }
\__tl_build_one:x
{
\tl_map_function:NN \g_@@_internal_tl
@@ -3396,10 +3510,11 @@
% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_min_state_int, \l_@@_max_state_int}
% The last state that was allocated is $\cs{l_@@_max_state_int}-1$,
% so that \cs{l_@@_max_state_int} always points to a free state.
-% The \texttt{min_state} variable is always $0$, but is included to
-% avoid hard-coding this value.
+% The \texttt{min_state} variable is $1$, but is included to
+% avoid hard-coding this value everywhere.
% \begin{macrocode}
\int_new:N \l_@@_min_state_int
+\int_set:Nn \l_@@_min_state_int { 1 }
\int_new:N \l_@@_max_state_int
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{variable}
@@ -3489,7 +3604,7 @@
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_build:N #1
{
%<trace> \trace_push:nnn { regex } { 1 } { @@_build }
- \int_set:Nn \tex_escapechar:D { `\\ }
+ \@@_standard_escapechar:
\int_zero:N \l_@@_capturing_group_int
\int_set_eq:NN \l_@@_max_state_int \l_@@_min_state_int
\@@_build_new_state:
@@ -3557,33 +3672,6 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_toks_put_left:Nx}
-% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_toks_put_right:Nx, \@@_toks_put_right:Nn}
-% During the building phase we wish to add \texttt{x}-expanded
-% material to \tn{toks}, either to the left or to the right. The
-% expansion is done \enquote{by hand} for optimization (these
-% operations are used quite a lot). The \texttt{Nn} version of
-% \cs{@@_toks_put_right:Nx} is provided because it is more
-% efficient than \texttt{x}-expanding with \cs{exp_not:n}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_toks_put_left:Nx #1#2
- {
- \cs_set:Npx \@@_tmp:w { #2 }
- \tex_toks:D #1 \exp_after:wN \exp_after:wN \exp_after:wN
- { \exp_after:wN \@@_tmp:w \tex_the:D \tex_toks:D #1 }
- }
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_toks_put_right:Nx #1#2
- {
- \cs_set:Npx \@@_tmp:w {#2}
- \tex_toks:D #1 \exp_after:wN
- { \tex_the:D \tex_toks:D \exp_after:wN #1 \@@_tmp:w }
- }
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_toks_put_right:Nn #1#2
- { \tex_toks:D #1 \exp_after:wN { \tex_the:D \tex_toks:D #1 #2 } }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
% \begin{macro}[int]
% {
% \@@_build_transition_left:NNN,
@@ -3620,7 +3708,7 @@
\int_eval:n { \l_@@_max_state_int + 1 }
}
%</trace>
- \tex_toks:D \l_@@_max_state_int { }
+ \@@_toks_clear:N \l_@@_max_state_int
\int_set_eq:NN \l_@@_left_state_int \l_@@_right_state_int
\int_set_eq:NN \l_@@_right_state_int \l_@@_max_state_int
\int_incr:N \l_@@_max_state_int
@@ -3933,15 +4021,12 @@
( #1 - 1 )
* ( \l_@@_internal_b_int - \l_@@_internal_a_int )
}
- \tex_advance:D \l_@@_right_state_int \l_@@_internal_c_int
- \tex_advance:D \l_@@_max_state_int \l_@@_internal_c_int
- \prg_replicate:nn \l_@@_internal_c_int
- {
- \tex_toks:D \l_@@_internal_b_int
- = \tex_toks:D \l_@@_internal_a_int
- \int_incr:N \l_@@_internal_a_int
- \int_incr:N \l_@@_internal_b_int
- }
+ \int_add:Nn \l_@@_right_state_int { \l_@@_internal_c_int }
+ \int_add:Nn \l_@@_max_state_int { \l_@@_internal_c_int }
+ \@@_toks_memcpy:NNn
+ \l_@@_internal_b_int
+ \l_@@_internal_a_int
+ \l_@@_internal_c_int
\fi:
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -4132,7 +4217,7 @@
% transitions, the instruction at the new state of the \textsc{nfa} is
% performed immediately. When a transition consumes a character, the
% new state is appended to a list of \enquote{active states}, stored in
-% \tn{skip} registers: this thread will be active again when the next
+% \cs{g_@@_thread_state_intarray}: this thread will be active again when the next
% token is read from the query. At every step (for each token in the
% query), we unpack that list of active states and the corresponding
% submatch props, and empty those.
@@ -4176,7 +4261,7 @@
% }
% The tokens in the query are indexed from \texttt{min_pos} for the
% first to $\texttt{max_pos}-1$ for the last, and their information is
-% stored in \tn{muskip} and \tn{toks} registers with those numbers. We
+% stored in several arrays and \tn{toks} registers with those numbers. We
% don't start from $0$ because the \tn{toks} registers with low
% numbers are used to hold the states of the \textsc{nfa}. We match
% without backtracking, keeping all threads in lockstep at the
@@ -4243,15 +4328,15 @@
%
% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_step_int}
% This integer, always even, is increased every time a character in
-% the query is read, and not reset when doing multiple matches. For
-% each \meta{state} in the \textsc{nfa} we store in
-% \tn{dimen}\meta{state} the last step in which this state was
-% encountered. This lets us break infinite loops by not visiting the
-% same state twice in the same step. In fact, \tn{dimen}\meta{state}
-% is equal \texttt{step} when we have started performing the
-% operations of \tn{toks}\meta{state}, but not finished yet. However,
-% once we finish, we set \tn{dimen}\meta{state} to
-% $\text{\texttt{step}}+1$. This is needed to track submatches
+% the query is read, and not reset when doing multiple matches. We
+% store in \cs{g_@@_state_active_intarray} the last step in which each
+% \meta{state} in the \textsc{nfa} was encountered. This lets us break
+% infinite loops by not visiting the same state twice in the same
+% step. In fact, the step we store is equal to \texttt{step} when we
+% have started performing the operations of \tn{toks}\meta{state}, but
+% not finished yet. However, once we finish, we store
+% $\text{\texttt{step}}+1$ in \cs{g_@@_state_active_intarray}. This is
+% needed to track submatches
% properly (see building phase). The \texttt{step} is also used to
% attach each set of submatch information to a given iteration (and
% automatically discard it when it corresponds to a past step).
@@ -4261,8 +4346,8 @@
% \end{variable}
%
% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_min_active_int, \l_@@_max_active_int}
-% All the currently active states are kept in order of precedence in
-% the \tn{skip} registers, and the corresponding submatches in the
+% All the currently active threads are kept in order of precedence in
+% \cs{g_@@_thread_state_intarray}, and the corresponding submatches in the
% \tn{toks}. For our purposes, those serve as an array, indexed from
% \texttt{min_active} (inclusive) to \texttt{max_active} (excluded).
% At the start of every step, the whole array is unpacked, so that the
@@ -4274,6 +4359,17 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{variable}
%
+% \begin{variable}{\g_@@_state_active_intarray, \g_@@_thread_state_intarray}
+% \cs{g_@@_state_active_intarray} stores the last \meta{step} in which
+% each \meta{state} was active. \cs{g_@@_thread_state_intarray} stores
+% threads that will be considered in the next step, more precisely the
+% states in which these threads are.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\__intarray_new:Nn \g_@@_state_active_intarray { 65536 }
+\__intarray_new:Nn \g_@@_thread_state_intarray { 65536 }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_every_match_tl}
% Every time a match is found, this token list is used. For single
% matching, the token list is empty. For multiple matching, the token
@@ -4332,11 +4428,11 @@
% \subsubsection{Matching: framework}
%
% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_match:n}
-% First store the query into \tn{toks} and \tn{muskip} registers (see
+% First store the query into \tn{toks} registers and arrays (see
% \cs{@@_query_set:nnn}). Then initialize the variables that should
% be set once for each user function (even for multiple
% matches). Namely, the overall matching is not yet successful; none of
-% the states should be marked as visited (\tn{dimen} registers), and
+% the states should be marked as visited (\cs{g_@@_state_active_intarray}), and
% we start at step $0$; we pretend that there was a previous match
% ending at the start of the query, which was not empty (to avoid
% smothering an empty match at the start). Once all this is set up, we
@@ -4358,12 +4454,13 @@
\bool_gset_false:N \g_@@_success_bool
\int_step_inline:nnnn
\l_@@_min_state_int { 1 } { \l_@@_max_state_int - 1 }
- { \tex_dimen:D ##1 ~ 1 sp \scan_stop: }
+ { \__intarray_gset_fast:Nnn \g_@@_state_active_intarray {##1} { 1 } }
\int_set_eq:NN \l_@@_min_active_int \l_@@_max_state_int
\int_zero:N \l_@@_step_int
\int_set_eq:NN \l_@@_success_pos_int \l_@@_min_pos_int
- \int_set:Nn \l_@@_submatch_int
+ \int_set:Nn \l_@@_min_submatch_int
{ 2 * \l_@@_max_state_int }
+ \int_set_eq:NN \l_@@_submatch_int \l_@@_min_submatch_int
\bool_set_false:N \l_@@_empty_success_bool
\@@_match_once:
%<trace> \trace_pop:nnx { regex } { 1 } { @@_match }
@@ -4433,7 +4530,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_match_loop:}
-% \begin{macro}[aux, rEXP]{\@@_match_one_active:w}
+% \begin{macro}[aux, rEXP]{\@@_match_one_active:n}
% At each new position, set some variables and get the new character
% and category from the query. Then unpack the array of active
% threads, and clear it by resetting its length
@@ -4448,7 +4545,7 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_match_loop:
{
- \tex_advance:D \l_@@_step_int 2 \exp_stop_f:
+ \int_add:Nn \l_@@_step_int { 2 }
\int_incr:N \l_@@_current_pos_int
\int_set_eq:NN \l_@@_last_char_int \l_@@_current_char_int
\int_set_eq:NN \l_@@_case_changed_char_int \c_max_int
@@ -4456,8 +4553,11 @@
\use:x
{
\int_set_eq:NN \l_@@_max_active_int \l_@@_min_active_int
- \exp_after:wN \@@_match_one_active:w
- \int_use:N \l_@@_min_active_int ;
+ \int_step_function:nnnN
+ { \l_@@_min_active_int }
+ { 1 }
+ { \l_@@_max_active_int - 1 }
+ \@@_match_one_active:n
}
\__prg_break_point:
\bool_set_false:N \l_@@_fresh_thread_bool %^^A was arg of break_point:n
@@ -4467,15 +4567,11 @@
\fi:
\fi:
}
-\cs_new:Npn \@@_match_one_active:w #1;
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_match_one_active:n #1
{
- \if_int_compare:w #1 < \l_@@_max_active_int
- \@@_use_state_and_submatches:nn
- { \__int_value:w \tex_skip:D #1 }
- { \tex_the:D \tex_toks:D #1 }
- \exp_after:wN \@@_match_one_active:w
- \__int_value:w \__int_eval:w #1 + 1 \exp_after:wN ;
- \fi:
+ \@@_use_state_and_submatches:nn
+ { \__intarray_item_fast:Nn \g_@@_thread_state_intarray {#1} }
+ { \@@_toks_use:w #1 }
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -4485,18 +4581,18 @@
% The arguments are: tokens that \texttt{o} and \texttt{x} expand to
% one token of the query, the catcode, and the character code. Store
% those, and the current brace balance (used later to check for
-% overall brace balance) in a \tn{muskip} register and a \tn{toks},
+% overall brace balance) in a \tn{toks} register and some arrays,
% then update the \texttt{balance}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_query_set:nnn #1#2#3
{
- \tex_muskip:D \l_@@_current_pos_int
- = \etex_gluetomu:D
- #3 sp
- plus #2 sp
- minus \l_@@_balance_int sp
- \scan_stop:
- \tex_toks:D \l_@@_current_pos_int {#1}
+ \__intarray_gset_fast:Nnn \g_@@_charcode_intarray
+ { \l_@@_current_pos_int } {#3}
+ \__intarray_gset_fast:Nnn \g_@@_catcode_intarray
+ { \l_@@_current_pos_int } {#2}
+ \__intarray_gset_fast:Nnn \g_@@_balance_intarray
+ { \l_@@_current_pos_int } { \l_@@_balance_int }
+ \@@_toks_set:Nn \l_@@_current_pos_int {#1}
\int_incr:N \l_@@_current_pos_int
\if_case:w #2 \exp_stop_f:
\or: \int_incr:N \l_@@_balance_int
@@ -4507,17 +4603,17 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_query_get:}
-% Extract the current character and category codes from the
-% \tn{muskip} register of the current position: those are the main and
-% the stretch components, and we need a conversion to avoid \TeX{}'s
-% \enquote{incompatible glue units} error.
+% Extract the current character and category codes at the current
+% position from the appropriate arrays.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_query_get:
{
\l_@@_current_char_int
- = \etex_mutoglue:D \tex_muskip:D \l_@@_current_pos_int
- \l_@@_current_catcode_int = \etex_gluestretch:D
- \etex_mutoglue:D \tex_muskip:D \l_@@_current_pos_int
+ = \__intarray_item_fast:Nn \g_@@_charcode_intarray
+ { \l_@@_current_pos_int } \scan_stop:
+ \l_@@_current_catcode_int
+ = \__intarray_item_fast:Nn \g_@@_catcode_intarray
+ { \l_@@_current_pos_int } \scan_stop:
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -4537,11 +4633,11 @@
%<*trace>
\trace:nnx { regex } { 2 } { state~\int_use:N \l_@@_current_state_int }
%</trace>
- \tex_dimen:D \l_@@_current_state_int
- = \l_@@_step_int sp \scan_stop:
- \tex_the:D \tex_toks:D \l_@@_current_state_int
- \tex_dimen:D \l_@@_current_state_int
- = \__int_eval:w \l_@@_step_int + 1 \__int_eval_end: sp \scan_stop:
+ \__intarray_gset_fast:Nnn \g_@@_state_active_intarray
+ { \l_@@_current_state_int } { \l_@@_step_int }
+ \@@_toks_use:w \l_@@_current_state_int
+ \__intarray_gset_fast:Nnn \g_@@_state_active_intarray
+ { \l_@@_current_state_int } { \l_@@_step_int + 1 }
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -4555,7 +4651,9 @@
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_use_state_and_submatches:nn #1 #2
{
\int_set:Nn \l_@@_current_state_int {#1}
- \if_int_compare:w \tex_dimen:D \l_@@_current_state_int
+ \if_int_compare:w
+ \__intarray_item_fast:Nn \g_@@_state_active_intarray
+ { \l_@@_current_state_int }
< \l_@@_step_int
\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_current_submatches_prop {#2}
\exp_after:wN \@@_use_state:
@@ -4610,7 +4708,10 @@
\int_add:Nn \l_@@_current_state_int {#2}
\exp_not:n
{
- \if_int_compare:w \tex_dimen:D \l_@@_current_state_int #1
+ \if_int_compare:w
+ \__intarray_item_fast:Nn \g_@@_state_active_intarray
+ { \l_@@_current_state_int }
+ #1
\exp_after:wN \@@_use_state:
\fi:
}
@@ -4626,7 +4727,7 @@
%
% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_action_cost:n}
% A transition which consumes the current character and shifts the
-% state by |#1|. The resulting state is stored in the \tn{skip} array
+% state by |#1|. The resulting state is stored in the appropriate array
% for use at the next position, and we also store the current
% submatches.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -4640,22 +4741,20 @@
%
% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_store_state:n}
% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_store_submatches:}
-% Put the given state in the array of \tn{skip} registers (converted
-% to a dimension in scaled points), and increment the length of the
-% array. Then store the current submatch in the This is done by
-% increasing the pointer \cs{l_@@_max_active_int}, and converting
-% the integer to a dimension (suitable for a \tn{skip} assignment) in
-% scaled points.
+% Put the given state in \cs{g_@@_thread_state_intarray}, and increment
+% the length of the array. Also store the current submatch in the
+% appropriate \tn{toks}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_store_state:n #1
{
\@@_store_submatches:
- \tex_skip:D \l_@@_max_active_int = #1 sp \scan_stop:
+ \__intarray_gset_fast:Nnn \g_@@_thread_state_intarray
+ { \l_@@_max_active_int } {#1}
\int_incr:N \l_@@_max_active_int
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_store_submatches:
{
- \tex_toks:D \l_@@_max_active_int \exp_after:wN
+ \@@_toks_set:No \l_@@_max_active_int
{ \l_@@_current_submatches_prop }
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -4729,6 +4828,15 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{variable}
%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_replacement_category_tl, \l_@@_replacement_category_seq}
+% This sequence of letters is used to correctly restore categories in
+% nested constructions such as |\cL(abc\cD(_)d)|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_replacement_category_tl
+\seq_new:N \l_@@_replacement_category_seq
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_balance_tl}
% This token list holds the replacement text for
% \cs{@@_replacement_balance_one_match:n} while it is being built
@@ -4739,8 +4847,9 @@
% \end{variable}
%
% \begin{macro}[aux, rEXP]{\@@_replacement_balance_one_match:n}
-% This expects as an argument the first index of a range of \tn{skip}
-% registers which hold the submatch information for a given match. It
+% This expects as an argument the first index of a set of entries in
+% \cs{g_@@_submatch_begin_intarray} (and related arrays) which hold the
+% submatch information for a given match. It
% can be used within an integer expression to obtain the brace balance
% incurred by performing the replacement on that match. This combines
% the braces lost by removing the match, braces added by all the
@@ -4764,13 +4873,13 @@
% with all possible arguments (one call for each match), as well as
% the range from the end of the last match to the end of the string,
% will produce the fully replaced token list. The initialization does
-% not matter, but we set it as for an empty replacement.
+% not matter, but (as an example) we set it as for an empty replacement.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new:Npn \@@_replacement_do_one_match:n #1
{
\@@_query_range:nn
- { \etex_glueshrink:D \tex_skip:D #1 }
- { \tex_skip:D #1 }
+ { \__intarray_item_fast:Nn \g_@@_submatch_prev_intarray {#1} }
+ { \__intarray_item_fast:Nn \g_@@_submatch_begin_intarray {#1} }
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -4816,7 +4925,7 @@
\else:
\exp_after:wN \__prg_break:
\fi:
- \tex_the:D \tex_toks:D #1 \exp_stop_f:
+ \@@_toks_use:w #1 \exp_stop_f:
\exp_after:wN \@@_query_range_loop:ww
\__int_value:w \__int_eval:w #1 + 1 ; #2 ;
}
@@ -4825,17 +4934,13 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_query_submatch:n}
-% When this function is called, \tn{skip}$i$ holds the start and end
-% positions for the $i$-th overall submatch as its main and stretch
-% components. In the case of repeated matches, submatches from all the
-% matches are put one after the other in blocks of
-% \cs{l_@@_capturing_group_int} \tn{skip} registers.
+% Find the start and end positions for a given submatch (of a given match).
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new:Npn \@@_query_submatch:n #1
{
\@@_query_range:nn
- { \tex_skip:D \__int_eval:w #1 }
- { \etex_gluestretch:D \tex_skip:D \__int_eval:w #1 }
+ { \__intarray_item_fast:Nn \g_@@_submatch_begin_intarray {#1} }
+ { \__intarray_item_fast:Nn \g_@@_submatch_end_intarray {#1} }
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -4843,21 +4948,31 @@
% \begin{macro}[rEXP]{\@@_submatch_balance:n}
% Every user function must result in a balanced token list (unbalanced
% token lists cannot be stored by TeX). When we unpacked the query, we
-% kept track of the brace balance as the shrink component of
-% \tn{muskip} registers, hence the contribution from a given range is
-% the difference between the shrink components of
-% \tn{muskip}\meta{max~pos} and \tn{muskip}\meta{min~pos}. For the
-% $i$-th submatch, the end-points of the range are the main and
-% stretch components of \tn{skip}$i$. The trailing \cs{scan_stop:} is
-% gobbled by \cs{etex_muexpr:D}, and the whole expression can be cast
-% safely to an integer (no trailing expansion).
+% kept track of the brace balance, hence the contribution from a given
+% range is the difference between the brace balances at the
+% \meta{max~pos} and \meta{min~pos}. These two positions are found in
+% the corresponding \enquote{submatch} arrays.
+%^^A todo: understand when these int_compare are needed
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_submatch_balance:n #1
{
- \etex_glueshrink:D \etex_mutoglue:D \etex_muexpr:D
- \tex_muskip:D \etex_gluestretch:D \tex_skip:D #1
- - \tex_muskip:D \tex_skip:D #1
- \scan_stop:
+ \__int_eval:w
+ \int_compare:nNnTF
+ { \__intarray_item_fast:Nn \g_@@_submatch_end_intarray {#1} } = 0
+ { 0 }
+ {
+ \__intarray_item_fast:Nn \g_@@_balance_intarray
+ { \__intarray_item_fast:Nn \g_@@_submatch_end_intarray {#1} }
+ }
+ -
+ \int_compare:nNnTF
+ { \__intarray_item_fast:Nn \g_@@_submatch_begin_intarray {#1} } = 0
+ { 0 }
+ {
+ \__intarray_item_fast:Nn \g_@@_balance_intarray
+ { \__intarray_item_fast:Nn \g_@@_submatch_begin_intarray {#1} }
+ }
+ \__int_eval_end:
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -4886,10 +5001,14 @@
\@@_escape_use:nnnn
{
\if_charcode:w \c_right_brace_str ##1
- \@@_replacement_rbrace:N \else: \__tl_build_one:n \fi: ##1
+ \@@_replacement_rbrace:N
+ \else:
+ \@@_replacement_normal:n
+ \fi:
+ ##1
}
{ \@@_replacement_escaped:N ##1 }
- { \__tl_build_one:n ##1 }
+ { \@@_replacement_normal:n ##1 }
{#1}
\prg_do_nothing: \prg_do_nothing:
\if_int_compare:w \l_@@_replacement_csnames_int > 0 \exp_stop_f:
@@ -4898,6 +5017,12 @@
\__tl_build_one:x
{ \prg_replicate:nn \l_@@_replacement_csnames_int \cs_end: }
\fi:
+ \seq_if_empty:NF \l_@@_replacement_category_seq
+ {
+ \__msg_kernel_error:nnx { regex } { replacement-missing-rparen }
+ { \seq_count:N \l_@@_replacement_category_seq }
+ \seq_clear:N \l_@@_replacement_category_seq
+ }
\cs_gset:Npx \@@_replacement_balance_one_match:n ##1
{
+ \int_use:N \l_@@_balance_int
@@ -4913,8 +5038,8 @@
\cs_set:Npn \@@_replacement_do_one_match:n ##1
{
\@@_query_range:nn
- { \etex_glueshrink:D \tex_skip:D ##1 }
- { \tex_skip:D ##1 }
+ { \__intarray_item_fast:Nn \g_@@_submatch_prev_intarray {##1} }
+ { \__intarray_item_fast:Nn \g_@@_submatch_begin_intarray {##1} }
#1
}
}
@@ -4922,6 +5047,35 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_replacement_normal:n}
+% Most characters are simply sent to the output by
+% \cs{__tl_build_one:n}, unless a particular category code has been
+% requested: then \cs{@@_replacement_c_A:w} or a similar auxiliary is
+% called. One exception is right parentheses, which restore the
+% category code in place before the group started. Note that the
+% sequence is non-empty there: it contains an empty entry
+% corresponding to the initial value of
+% \cs{l_@@_replacement_category_tl}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_replacement_normal:n #1
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:NTF \l_@@_replacement_category_tl
+ { \__tl_build_one:n {#1} }
+ { % (
+ \token_if_eq_charcode:NNTF #1 )
+ {
+ \seq_pop:NN \l_@@_replacement_category_seq
+ \l_@@_replacement_category_tl
+ }
+ {
+ \use:c { @@_replacement_c_ \l_@@_replacement_category_tl :w }
+ \@@_replacement_normal:n {#1}
+ }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_replacement_escaped:N}
% As in parsing a regular expression, we use an auxiliary built from
% |#1| if defined. Otherwise, check for escaped digits (standing from
@@ -4935,7 +5089,8 @@
\if_int_compare:w 1 < 1#1 \exp_stop_f:
\@@_replacement_put_submatch:n {#1}
\else:
- \__tl_build_one:o { \token_to_str:N #1 }
+ \exp_args:No \@@_replacement_normal:n
+ { \token_to_str:N #1 }
\fi:
}
}
@@ -4967,34 +5122,34 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_replacement_g:w, \@@_replacement_g_digits:NN}
-% An ugly method to grab digits for the |\g| escape sequence. At the
-% end of the run of digits, check that it ends with a right brace.
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_replacement_g:w}
+% \begin{macro}[aux,rEXP]{\@@_replacement_g_digits:NN}
+% Grab digits for the |\g| escape sequence in a primitive assignment
+% to the integer \cs{l_@@_internal_a_int}. At the end of the run of
+% digits, check that it ends with a right brace.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_replacement_g:w #1#2
{
- \str_if_eq_x:nnTF { #1#2 } { \__tl_build_one:n \c_left_brace_str }
- {
- \int_zero:N \l_@@_internal_a_int
- \@@_replacement_g_digits:NN
- }
+ \str_if_eq_x:nnTF { #1#2 } { \@@_replacement_normal:n \c_left_brace_str }
+ { \l_@@_internal_a_int = \@@_replacement_g_digits:NN }
{ \@@_replacement_error:NNN g #1 #2 }
}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_replacement_g_digits:NN #1#2
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_replacement_g_digits:NN #1#2
{
- \token_if_eq_meaning:NNTF #1 \__tl_build_one:n
+ \token_if_eq_meaning:NNTF #1 \@@_replacement_normal:n
{
\if_int_compare:w 1 < 1#2 \exp_stop_f:
- \int_set:Nn \l_@@_internal_a_int
- { 10 * \l_@@_internal_a_int + #2 }
+ #2
\exp_after:wN \use_i:nnn
\exp_after:wN \@@_replacement_g_digits:NN
\else:
+ \exp_stop_f:
\exp_after:wN \@@_replacement_error:NNN
\exp_after:wN g
\fi:
}
{
+ \exp_stop_f:
\if_meaning:w \@@_replacement_rbrace:N #1
\exp_args:No \@@_replacement_put_submatch:n
{ \int_use:N \l_@@_internal_a_int }
@@ -5008,41 +5163,52 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \subsubsection{Csnames in replacement}
%
% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_replacement_c:w}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]+\@@_replacement_c_{:w+
-% |\c| can be followed by a left brace, or by a letter for which we
-% have defined a way to produce that category of characters. The
-% appropriate definitions for catcodes are introduced later. For
-% control sequences, if we are within a control sequence, convert
-% the token list to a string, otherwise simply prevent expansion,
-% with a weird cross-over between \cs{exp_not:n} and \cs{exp_not:N}
-% (see this helper's description for an explanation).
+% |\c| may only be followed by an unescaped character. If followed by
+% a left brace, start a control sequence by calling an auxiliary
+% common with |\u|. Otherwise test whether the category is known; if
+% it is not, complain.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_replacement_c:w #1#2
{
- \token_if_eq_meaning:NNTF #1 \__tl_build_one:n
+ \token_if_eq_meaning:NNTF #1 \@@_replacement_normal:n
{
- \cs_if_exist_use:cF { @@_replacement_c_#2:w }
- { \@@_replacement_error:NNN c #1#2 }
+ \exp_after:wN \token_if_eq_charcode:NNTF \c_left_brace_str #2
+ { \@@_replacement_cu_aux:Nw \@@_replacement_exp_not:N }
+ {
+ \cs_if_exist:cTF { @@_replacement_c_#2:w }
+ { \@@_replacement_cat:NNN #2 }
+ { \@@_replacement_error:NNN c #1#2 }
+ }
}
{ \@@_replacement_error:NNN c #1#2 }
}
-\cs_new_protected:cpn { @@_replacement_c_ \c_left_brace_str :w }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_replacement_cu_aux:Nw}
+% Start a control sequence with \cs{cs:w}, which will be protected
+% from expansion by |#1| (either \cs{@@_replacement_exp_not:N} or
+% \cs{exp_not:V}), or turned to a string by \cs{tl_to_str:V} if inside
+% another csname construction |\c| or |\u|. We use \cs{tl_to_str:V}
+% rather than \cs{tl_to_str:N} to deal with integers and other
+% registers.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_replacement_cu_aux:Nw #1
{
\if_case:w \l_@@_replacement_csnames_int
- \__tl_build_one:n
- { \exp_not:n { \exp_after:wN \@@_replacement_exp_not:N \cs:w } }
+ \__tl_build_one:n { \exp_not:n { \exp_after:wN #1 \cs:w } }
\else:
- \__tl_build_one:n { \exp_not:n { \exp_after:wN \tl_to_str:N \cs:w } }
+ \__tl_build_one:n { \exp_not:n { \exp_after:wN \tl_to_str:V \cs:w } }
\fi:
\int_incr:N \l_@@_replacement_csnames_int
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_replacement_u:w}
% Check that |\u| is followed by a left brace. If so, start a control
@@ -5051,15 +5217,8 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_replacement_u:w #1#2
{
- \str_if_eq_x:nnTF { #1#2 } { \__tl_build_one:n \c_left_brace_str }
- {
- \if_case:w \l_@@_replacement_csnames_int
- \__tl_build_one:n { \exp_not:n { \exp_after:wN \exp_not:V \cs:w } }
- \else:
- \__tl_build_one:n { \exp_not:n { \exp_after:wN \tl_to_str:V \cs:w } }
- \fi:
- \int_incr:N \l_@@_replacement_csnames_int
- }
+ \str_if_eq_x:nnTF { #1#2 } { \@@_replacement_normal:n \c_left_brace_str }
+ { \@@_replacement_cu_aux:Nw \exp_not:V }
{ \@@_replacement_error:NNN u #1#2 }
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -5076,7 +5235,7 @@
\__tl_build_one:n \cs_end:
\int_decr:N \l_@@_replacement_csnames_int
\else:
- \__tl_build_one:n #1
+ \@@_replacement_normal:n {#1}
\fi:
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -5084,6 +5243,39 @@
%
% \subsubsection{Characters in replacement}
%
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_replacement_cat:NNN}
+% Here, |#1| is a letter among |BEMTPUDSLOA| and |#2#3| denote the
+% next character. Complain if we reach the end of the replacement or
+% if the construction appears inside |\c{|\ldots{}|}| or
+% |\u{|\ldots{}|}|, and detect the case of a parenthesis. In that
+% case, store the current category in a sequence and switch to a new
+% one.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_replacement_cat:NNN #1#2#3
+ {
+ \token_if_eq_meaning:NNTF \prg_do_nothing: #3
+ { \__msg_kernel_error:nn { regex } { replacement-catcode-end } }
+ {
+ \int_compare:nNnTF { \l_@@_replacement_csnames_int } > 0
+ {
+ \__msg_kernel_error:nnnn
+ { regex } { replacement-catcode-in-cs } {#1} {#3}
+ #2 #3
+ }
+ {
+ \str_if_eq:nnTF { #2 #3 } { \@@_replacement_normal:n ( } % )
+ {
+ \seq_push:NV \l_@@_replacement_category_seq
+ \l_@@_replacement_category_tl
+ \tl_set:Nn \l_@@_replacement_category_tl {#1}
+ }
+ { \use:c { @@_replacement_c_#1:w } #2 #3 }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% We will need to change the category code of the null character many
% times, hence work in a group. The catcode-specific macros below are
% defined in alphabetical order; if you are trying to understand the
@@ -5099,16 +5291,13 @@
% wrapper for our purposes. The first argument is the null character
% with various catcodes. The second and third arguments are grabbed
% from the input stream: |#3| is the character whose character code to
-% reproduce.
+% reproduce. We could use \cs{char_generate:nn} but only for some
+% catcodes (active characters and spaces are not supported).
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_replacement_char:nNN #1#2#3
{
- \if_meaning:w \prg_do_nothing: #3
- \__msg_kernel_error:nn { regex } { replacement-catcode-end }
- \else:
- \tex_lccode:D 0 = `#3 \scan_stop:
- \tex_lowercase:D { \__tl_build_one:n {#1} }
- \fi:
+ \tex_lccode:D 0 = `#3 \scan_stop:
+ \tex_lowercase:D { \__tl_build_one:n {#1} }
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -5234,15 +5423,11 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_replacement_c_S:w #1#2
{
- \if_meaning:w \prg_do_nothing: #2
- \__msg_kernel_error:nn { regex } { replacement-catcode-end }
- \else:
- \if_int_compare:w `#2 = 0 \exp_stop_f:
- \__msg_kernel_error:nn { regex } { replacement-null-space }
- \fi:
- \tex_lccode:D `\ = `#2 \scan_stop:
- \tex_lowercase:D { \__tl_build_one:n {~} }
+ \if_int_compare:w `#2 = 0 \exp_stop_f:
+ \__msg_kernel_error:nn { regex } { replacement-null-space }
\fi:
+ \tex_lccode:D `\ = `#2 \scan_stop:
+ \tex_lowercase:D { \__tl_build_one:n {~} }
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -5433,23 +5618,32 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{variable}
%
-% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_submatch_int, \l_@@_zeroth_submatch_int}
-% The end-points of each submatch are stored as main and stretch
-% components of \tn{skip}\meta{submatch}, where \meta{submatch} ranges
-% from \cs{l_@@_max_state_int} (inclusive) to
+% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_min_submatch_int, \l_@@_submatch_int, \l_@@_zeroth_submatch_int}
+% The end-points of each submatch are stored in two arrays whose index \meta{submatch} ranges
+% from \cs{l_@@_min_submatch_int} (inclusive) to
% \cs{l_@@_submatch_int} (exclusive). Each successful match comes
% with a $0$-th submatch (the full match), and one match for each
% capturing group: submatches corresponding to the last successful
-% match are labelled starting at
-% \texttt{zeroth_submatch}. Additionally, the shrink component of this
-% $0$-th submatch is the position at which that match attempt started:
-% this is used for splitting and replacements.
+% match are labelled starting at \texttt{zeroth_submatch}. The entry
+% \cs{l_@@_zeroth_submatch_int} in \cs{g_@@_submatch_prev_intarray} holds
+% the position at which that match attempt started: this is used for
+% splitting and replacements.
% \begin{macrocode}
+\int_new:N \l_@@_min_submatch_int
\int_new:N \l_@@_submatch_int
\int_new:N \l_@@_zeroth_submatch_int
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{variable}
%
+% \begin{variable}{\g_@@_submatch_prev_intarray, \g_@@_submatch_begin_intarray, \g_@@_submatch_end_intarray}
+% Hold the place where the match attempt begun and the end-points of each submatch.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\__intarray_new:Nn \g_@@_submatch_prev_intarray { 65536 }
+\__intarray_new:Nn \g_@@_submatch_begin_intarray { 65536 }
+\__intarray_new:Nn \g_@@_submatch_end_intarray { 65536 }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_return:}
% This function triggers either \cs{prg_return_false:} or
% \cs{prg_return_true:} as appropriate to whether a match was found or
@@ -5543,8 +5737,7 @@
% match, store the last part of the token list, which ranges from the
% start of the match attempt to the end of the query. This step is
% inhibited if the last match was empty and at the very end: decrement
-% \cs{l_@@_submatch_int}, which controls which \tn{skip} registers
-% will be used.
+% \cs{l_@@_submatch_int}, which controls which matches will be used.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_split:nnN #1#2#3
{
@@ -5553,16 +5746,30 @@
{
\if_int_compare:w \l_@@_start_pos_int < \l_@@_success_pos_int
\@@_extract:
- \tex_skip:D \l_@@_zeroth_submatch_int
- = \l_@@_start_pos_int sp
- plus \tex_skip:D \l_@@_zeroth_submatch_int \scan_stop:
+ \__intarray_gset_fast:Nnn \g_@@_submatch_prev_intarray
+ { \l_@@_zeroth_submatch_int } { 0 }
+ \__intarray_gset_fast:Nnn \g_@@_submatch_end_intarray
+ { \l_@@_zeroth_submatch_int }
+ {
+ \__intarray_item_fast:Nn \g_@@_submatch_begin_intarray
+ { \l_@@_zeroth_submatch_int }
+ }
+ \__intarray_gset_fast:Nnn \g_@@_submatch_begin_intarray
+ { \l_@@_zeroth_submatch_int }
+ { \l_@@_start_pos_int }
\fi:
}
#1
\@@_match:n {#2}
%<assert>\assert_int:n { \l_@@_current_pos_int = \l_@@_max_pos_int }
- \tex_skip:D \l_@@_submatch_int
- = \l_@@_start_pos_int sp plus \l_@@_max_pos_int sp \scan_stop:
+ \__intarray_gset_fast:Nnn \g_@@_submatch_prev_intarray
+ { \l_@@_submatch_int } { 0 }
+ \__intarray_gset_fast:Nnn \g_@@_submatch_end_intarray
+ { \l_@@_submatch_int }
+ { \l_@@_max_pos_int }
+ \__intarray_gset_fast:Nnn \g_@@_submatch_begin_intarray
+ { \l_@@_submatch_int }
+ { \l_@@_start_pos_int }
\int_incr:N \l_@@_submatch_int
\if_meaning:w \c_true_bool \l_@@_empty_success_bool
\if_int_compare:w \l_@@_start_pos_int = \l_@@_max_pos_int
@@ -5575,8 +5782,8 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_group_end_extract_seq:N}
-% The end-points of submatches are stored as the main and stretch
-% components of \tn{skip} registers from \cs{l_@@_max_state_int} to
+% The end-points of submatches are stored as entries of two arrays
+% from \cs{l_@@_min_submatch_int} to
% \cs{l_@@_submatch_int} (exclusive). Extract the relevant ranges
% into \cs{l_@@_internal_a_tl}. We detect unbalanced results using
% the two flags \texttt{@@_begin} and \texttt{@@_end}, raised
@@ -5593,7 +5800,7 @@
{
\s__seq
\int_step_function:nnnN
- { 2 * \l_@@_max_state_int }
+ { \l_@@_min_submatch_int }
{ 1 }
{ \l_@@_submatch_int - 1 }
\@@_extract_seq_aux:n
@@ -5649,14 +5856,14 @@
% {\@@_extract:, \@@_extract_b:wn, \@@_extract_e:wn}
% Our task here is to extract from the property list
% \cs{l_@@_success_submatches_prop} the list of end-points of
-% submatches, and store them in \tn{skip} registers, from
+% submatches, and store them in appropriate array entries, from
% \cs{l_@@_zeroth_submatch_int} upwards. We begin by emptying those
-% \tn{skip} registers. Then for each \meta{key}--\meta{value} pair in
-% the property list update the appropriate \tn{skip} component. This
+% entries. Then for each \meta{key}--\meta{value} pair in
+% the property list update the appropriate entry. This
% is somewhat a hack: the \meta{key} is a non-negative integer
% followed by |<| or |>|, which we use in a comparison to $-1$. At the
% end, store the information about the position at which the match
-% attempt started, as a shrink component.
+% attempt started, in \cs{g_@@_submatch_prev_intarray}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_extract:
{
@@ -5664,7 +5871,12 @@
\int_set_eq:NN \l_@@_zeroth_submatch_int \l_@@_submatch_int
\prg_replicate:nn \l_@@_capturing_group_int
{
- \tex_skip:D \l_@@_submatch_int 0 sp \scan_stop:
+ \__intarray_gset_fast:Nnn \g_@@_submatch_begin_intarray
+ { \l_@@_submatch_int } { 0 }
+ \__intarray_gset_fast:Nnn \g_@@_submatch_end_intarray
+ { \l_@@_submatch_int } { 0 }
+ \__intarray_gset_fast:Nnn \g_@@_submatch_prev_intarray
+ { \l_@@_submatch_int } { 0 }
\int_incr:N \l_@@_submatch_int
}
\prop_map_inline:Nn \l_@@_success_submatches_prop
@@ -5676,21 +5888,14 @@
\fi:
\__int_eval:w \l_@@_zeroth_submatch_int + ##1 {##2}
}
- \tex_skip:D \l_@@_zeroth_submatch_int
- = \tex_the:D \tex_skip:D \l_@@_zeroth_submatch_int
- minus \l_@@_start_pos_int sp \scan_stop:
+ \__intarray_gset_fast:Nnn \g_@@_submatch_prev_intarray
+ { \l_@@_zeroth_submatch_int } { \l_@@_start_pos_int }
\fi:
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_extract_b:wn #1 < #2
- {
- \tex_skip:D #1 = #2 sp
- plus \etex_gluestretch:D \tex_skip:D #1 \scan_stop:
- }
+ { \__intarray_gset_fast:Nnn \g_@@_submatch_begin_intarray {#1} {#2} }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_extract_e:wn #1 > #2
- {
- \tex_skip:D #1
- = 1 \tex_skip:D #1 plus #2 sp \scan_stop:
- }
+ { \__intarray_gset_fast:Nnn \g_@@_submatch_end_intarray {#1} {#2} }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -5730,7 +5935,10 @@
{
\@@_replacement_do_one_match:n { \l_@@_zeroth_submatch_int }
\@@_query_range:nn
- { \etex_gluestretch:D \tex_skip:D \l_@@_zeroth_submatch_int }
+ {
+ \__intarray_item_fast:Nn \g_@@_submatch_end_intarray
+ { \l_@@_zeroth_submatch_int }
+ }
{ \l_@@_max_pos_int }
}
\@@_group_end_replace:N #3
@@ -5741,12 +5949,11 @@
%
% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_replace_all:nnN}
% Match multiple times, and for every match, extract submatches and
-% additionally store the position at which the match attempt started
-% (as the shrink component of a \tn{skip} register). The \tn{skip}
-% registers from \cs{l_@@_max_state_int} to
+% additionally store the position at which the match attempt started.
+% The entries from \cs{l_@@_min_submatch_int} to
% \cs{l_@@_submatch_int} hold information about submatches of every
% match in order; each match corresponds to
-% \cs{l_@@_capturing_group_int} consecutive \tn{skip} registers.
+% \cs{l_@@_capturing_group_int} consecutive entries.
% Compute the brace balance corresponding to doing all the
% replacements: this is the sum of brace balances for replacing each
% match. Join together the replacement texts for each match (including
@@ -5763,7 +5970,7 @@
{
0
\int_step_function:nnnN
- { 2 * \l_@@_max_state_int }
+ { \l_@@_min_submatch_int }
\l_@@_capturing_group_int
{ \l_@@_submatch_int - 1 }
\@@_replacement_balance_one_match:n
@@ -5771,7 +5978,7 @@
\tl_set:Nx \l_@@_internal_a_tl
{
\int_step_function:nnnN
- { 2 * \l_@@_max_state_int }
+ { \l_@@_min_submatch_int }
\l_@@_capturing_group_int
{ \l_@@_submatch_int - 1 }
\@@_replacement_do_one_match:n
@@ -5825,23 +6032,23 @@
% Messages for the preparsing phase.
% \begin{macrocode}
\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { regex } { trailing-backslash }
- { Trailing~escape~character~`\iow_char:N\\'. }
+ { Trailing~escape~character~'\iow_char:N\\'. }
{
A~regular~expression~or~its~replacement~text~ends~with~
- the~escape~character~`\iow_char:N\\'.~It~will~be~ignored.
+ the~escape~character~'\iow_char:N\\'.~It~will~be~ignored.
}
\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { regex } { x-missing-rbrace }
- { Missing~closing~brace~in~`\iow_char:N\\x'~hexadecimal~sequence. }
+ { Missing~closing~brace~in~'\iow_char:N\\x'~hexadecimal~sequence. }
{
You~wrote~something~like~
- `\iow_char:N\\x\{...#1'.~
+ '\iow_char:N\\x\{...#1'.~
The~closing~brace~is~missing.
}
\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { regex } { x-overflow }
- { Character~code~`#1'~too~large~in~`\iow_char:N\\x'~hexadecimal~sequence. }
+ { Character~code~'#1'~too~large~in~'\iow_char:N\\x'~hexadecimal~sequence. }
{
You~wrote~something~like~
- `\iow_char:N\\x\{\int_to_Hex:n{#1}\}'.~
+ '\iow_char:N\\x\{\int_to_Hex:n{#1}\}'.~
The~character~code~#1~is~larger~than~
the~maximum~value~\int_use:N \c_max_char_int.
}
@@ -5850,11 +6057,11 @@
% Invalid quantifier.
% \begin{macrocode}
\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { regex } { invalid-quantifier }
- { Braced~quantifier~`#1'~may~not~be~followed~by~`#2'. }
+ { Braced~quantifier~'#1'~may~not~be~followed~by~'#2'. }
{
- The~character~`#2'~is~invalid~in~the~braced~quantifier~`#1'.~
- The~only~valid~quantifiers~are~`*',~`?',~`+',~`{<int>}',~
- `{<min>,}'~and~`{<min>,<max>}',~optionally~followed~by~`?'.
+ The~character~'#2'~is~invalid~in~the~braced~quantifier~'#1'.~
+ The~only~valid~quantifiers~are~'*',~'?',~'+',~'{<int>}',~
+ '{<min>,}'~and~'{<min>,<max>}',~optionally~followed~by~'?'.
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -5865,7 +6072,7 @@
{ Missing~right~bracket~inserted~in~regular~expression. }
{
LaTeX~was~given~a~regular~expression~where~a~character~class~
- was~started~with~`[',~but~the~matching~`]'~is~missing.
+ was~started~with~'[',~but~the~matching~']'~is~missing.
}
\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { regex } { missing-rparen }
{
@@ -5889,7 +6096,7 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { regex } { bad-escape }
{
- Invalid~escape~`\iow_char:N\\#1'~
+ Invalid~escape~'\iow_char:N\\#1'~
\@@_if_in_cs:TF { within~a~control~sequence. }
{
\@@_if_in_class:TF
@@ -5898,16 +6105,16 @@
}
}
{
- The~escape~sequence~`\iow_char:N\\#1'~may~not~appear~
+ The~escape~sequence~'\iow_char:N\\#1'~may~not~appear~
\@@_if_in_cs:TF
{
within~a~control~sequence~test~introduced~by~
- `\iow_char:N\\c\iow_char:N\{'.
+ '\iow_char:N\\c\iow_char:N\{'.
}
{
\@@_if_in_class:TF
{ within~a~character~class~ }
- { following~a~category~test~such~as~`\iow_char:N\\cL'~ }
+ { following~a~category~test~such~as~'\iow_char:N\\cL'~ }
because~it~does~not~match~exactly~one~character.
}
}
@@ -5916,96 +6123,96 @@
% Range errors.
% \begin{macrocode}
\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { regex } { range-missing-end }
- { Invalid~end-point~for~range~`#1-#2'~in~character~class. }
+ { Invalid~end-point~for~range~'#1-#2'~in~character~class. }
{
- The~end-point~`#2'~of~the~range~`#1-#2'~may~not~serve~as~an~
+ The~end-point~'#2'~of~the~range~'#1-#2'~may~not~serve~as~an~
end-point~for~a~range:~alphanumeric~characters~should~not~be~
escaped,~and~non-alphanumeric~characters~should~be~escaped.
}
\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { regex } { range-backwards }
- { Range~`[#1-#2]'~out~of~order~in~character~class. }
+ { Range~'[#1-#2]'~out~of~order~in~character~class. }
{
- In~ranges~of~characters~`[x-y]'~appearing~in~character~classes,~
+ In~ranges~of~characters~'[x-y]'~appearing~in~character~classes,~
the~first~character~code~must~not~be~larger~than~the~second.~
- Here,~`#1'~has~character~code~\int_eval:n {`#1},~while~
- `#2'~has~character~code~\int_eval:n {`#2}.
+ Here,~'#1'~has~character~code~\int_eval:n {`#1},~while~
+ '#2'~has~character~code~\int_eval:n {`#2}.
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% Errors related to |\c| and |\u|.
% \begin{macrocode}
\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { regex } { c-bad-mode }
- { Invalid~nested~`\iow_char:N\\c'~escape~in~regular~expression. }
+ { Invalid~nested~'\iow_char:N\\c'~escape~in~regular~expression. }
{
- The~`\iow_char:N\\c'~escape~cannot~be~used~within~
- a~control~sequence~test~`\iow_char:N\\c{...}'.~
- To~combine~several~category~tests,~use~`\iow_char:N\\c[...]'.
+ The~'\iow_char:N\\c'~escape~cannot~be~used~within~
+ a~control~sequence~test~'\iow_char:N\\c{...}'.~
+ To~combine~several~category~tests,~use~'\iow_char:N\\c[...]'.
}
\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { regex } { c-missing-rbrace }
- { Missing~right~brace~inserted~for~`\iow_char:N\\c'~escape. }
+ { Missing~right~brace~inserted~for~'\iow_char:N\\c'~escape. }
{
LaTeX~was~given~a~regular~expression~where~a~
- `\iow_char:N\\c\iow_char:N\{...'~construction~was~not~ended~
- with~a~closing~brace~`\iow_char:N\}'.
+ '\iow_char:N\\c\iow_char:N\{...'~construction~was~not~ended~
+ with~a~closing~brace~'\iow_char:N\}'.
}
\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { regex } { c-missing-rbrack }
- { Missing~right~bracket~inserted~for~`\iow_char:N\\c'~escape. }
+ { Missing~right~bracket~inserted~for~'\iow_char:N\\c'~escape. }
{
- A~construction~`\iow_char:N\\c[...'~appears~in~a~
- regular~expression,~but~the~closing~`]'~is~not~present.
+ A~construction~'\iow_char:N\\c[...'~appears~in~a~
+ regular~expression,~but~the~closing~']'~is~not~present.
}
\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { regex } { c-missing-category }
- { Invalid~character~`#1'~following~`\iow_char:N\\c'~escape. }
+ { Invalid~character~'#1'~following~'\iow_char:N\\c'~escape. }
{
- In~regular~expressions,~the~`\iow_char:N\\c'~escape~sequence~
+ In~regular~expressions,~the~'\iow_char:N\\c'~escape~sequence~
may~only~be~followed~by~a~left~brace,~a~left~bracket,~or~a~
capital~letter~representing~a~character~category,~namely~
- one~of~`ABCDELMOPSTU'.
+ one~of~'ABCDELMOPSTU'.
}
\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { regex } { c-trailing }
- { Trailing~category~code~escape~`\iow_char:N\\c'... }
+ { Trailing~category~code~escape~'\iow_char:N\\c'... }
{
- A~regular~expression~ends~with~`\iow_char:N\\c'~followed~
+ A~regular~expression~ends~with~'\iow_char:N\\c'~followed~
by~a~letter.~It~will~be~ignored.
}
\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { regex } { u-missing-lbrace }
- { Missing~left~brace~following~`\iow_char:N\\u'~escape. }
+ { Missing~left~brace~following~'\iow_char:N\\u'~escape. }
{
- The~`\iow_char:N\\u'~escape~sequence~must~be~followed~by~
+ The~'\iow_char:N\\u'~escape~sequence~must~be~followed~by~
a~brace~group~with~the~name~of~the~variable~to~use.
}
\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { regex } { u-missing-rbrace }
- { Missing~right~brace~inserted~for~`\iow_char:N\\u'~escape. }
+ { Missing~right~brace~inserted~for~'\iow_char:N\\u'~escape. }
{
LaTeX~
\str_if_eq_x:nnTF { } {#2}
{ reached~the~end~of~the~string~ }
- { encountered~an~escaped~alphanumeric~character `\iow_char:N\\#2'~ }
- when~parsing~the~argument~of~an~`\iow_char:N\\u\iow_char:N\{...\}'~escape.
+ { encountered~an~escaped~alphanumeric~character '\iow_char:N\\#2'~ }
+ when~parsing~the~argument~of~an~'\iow_char:N\\u\iow_char:N\{...\}'~escape.
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% Errors when encountering the \textsc{posix} syntax |[:...:]|.
% \begin{macrocode}
\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { regex } { posix-unsupported }
- { POSIX~collating~element~`[#1 ~ #1]'~not~supported. }
+ { POSIX~collating~element~'[#1 ~ #1]'~not~supported. }
{
- The~`[.foo.]'~and~`[=bar=]'~syntaxes~have~a~special~meaning~
+ The~'[.foo.]'~and~'[=bar=]'~syntaxes~have~a~special~meaning~
in~POSIX~regular~expressions.~This~is~not~supported~by~LaTeX.~
Maybe~you~forgot~to~escape~a~left~bracket~in~a~character~class?
}
\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { regex } { posix-unknown }
- { POSIX~class~`[:#1:]'~unknown. }
+ { POSIX~class~'[:#1:]'~unknown. }
{
- `[:#1:]'~is~not~among~the~known~POSIX~classes~
- `[:alnum:]',~`[:alpha:]',~`[:ascii:]',~`[:blank:]',~
- `[:cntrl:]',~`[:digit:]',~`[:graph:]',~`[:lower:]',~
- `[:print:]',~`[:punct:]',~`[:space:]',~`[:upper:]',~
- `[:word:]',~and~`[:xdigit:]'.
+ '[:#1:]'~is~not~among~the~known~POSIX~classes~
+ '[:alnum:]',~'[:alpha:]',~'[:ascii:]',~'[:blank:]',~
+ '[:cntrl:]',~'[:digit:]',~'[:graph:]',~'[:lower:]',~
+ '[:print:]',~'[:punct:]',~'[:space:]',~'[:upper:]',~
+ '[:word:]',~and~'[:xdigit:]'.
}
\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { regex } { posix-missing-close }
- { Missing~closing~`:]'~for~POSIX~class. }
- { The~POSIX~syntax~`#1'~must~be~followed~by~`:]',~not~`#2'. }
+ { Missing~closing~':]'~for~POSIX~class. }
+ { The~POSIX~syntax~'#1'~must~be~followed~by~':]',~not~'#2'. }
% \end{macrocode}
%
% In various cases, the result of a \pkg{l3regex} operation can leave us
@@ -6025,62 +6232,72 @@
% Error message for unknown options.
% \begin{macrocode}
\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { regex } { unknown-option }
- { Unknown~option~`#1'~for~regular~expressions. }
+ { Unknown~option~'#1'~for~regular~expressions. }
{
- The~only~available~option~is~`case-insensitive',~toggled~by~
- `(?i)'~and~`(?-i)'.
+ The~only~available~option~is~'case-insensitive',~toggled~by~
+ '(?i)'~and~'(?-i)'.
}
\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { regex } { special-group-unknown }
- { Unknown~special~group~`#1~...'~in~a~regular~expression. }
+ { Unknown~special~group~'#1~...'~in~a~regular~expression. }
{
- The~only~valid~constructions~starting~with~`(?'~are~
- `(?:~...~)',~`(?|~...~)',~`(?i)',~and~`(?-i)'.
+ The~only~valid~constructions~starting~with~'(?'~are~
+ '(?:~...~)',~'(?|~...~)',~'(?i)',~and~'(?-i)'.
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% Errors in the replacement text.
% \begin{macrocode}
\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { regex } { replacement-c }
- { Misused~`\iow_char:N\\c'~command~in~a~replacement~text. }
+ { Misused~'\iow_char:N\\c'~command~in~a~replacement~text. }
{
- In~a~replacement~text,~the~`\iow_char:N\\c'~escape~sequence~
- can~be~followed~by~one~of~the~letters~`ABCDELMOPSTU'~
- or~a~brace~group,~not~by~`#1'.
+ In~a~replacement~text,~the~'\iow_char:N\\c'~escape~sequence~
+ can~be~followed~by~one~of~the~letters~'ABCDELMOPSTU'~
+ or~a~brace~group,~not~by~'#1'.
}
\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { regex } { replacement-u }
- { Misused~`\iow_char:N\\u'~command~in~a~replacement~text. }
+ { Misused~'\iow_char:N\\u'~command~in~a~replacement~text. }
{
- In~a~replacement~text,~the~`\iow_char:N\\u'~escape~sequence~
+ In~a~replacement~text,~the~'\iow_char:N\\u'~escape~sequence~
must~be~~followed~by~a~brace~group~holding~the~name~of~the~
variable~to~use.
}
\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { regex } { replacement-g }
{
- Missing~brace~for~the~`\iow_char:N\\g'~construction~
+ Missing~brace~for~the~'\iow_char:N\\g'~construction~
in~a~replacement~text.
}
{
In~the~replacement~text~for~a~regular~expression~search,~
- submatches~are~represented~either~as~`\iow_char:N \\g{dd..d}',~
- or~`\\d',~where~`d'~are~single~digits.~Here,~a~brace~is~missing.
+ submatches~are~represented~either~as~'\iow_char:N \\g{dd..d}',~
+ or~'\\d',~where~'d'~are~single~digits.~Here,~a~brace~is~missing.
}
\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { regex } { replacement-catcode-end }
{
- Missing~character~for~the~`\iow_char:N\\c<category><character>'~
+ Missing~character~for~the~'\iow_char:N\\c<category><character>'~
construction~in~a~replacement~text.
}
{
- In~a~replacement~text,~the~`\iow_char:N\\c'~escape~sequence~
- can~be~followed~by~one~of~the~letters~`ABCDELMOPSTU'~representing~
+ In~a~replacement~text,~the~'\iow_char:N\\c'~escape~sequence~
+ can~be~followed~by~one~of~the~letters~'ABCDELMOPSTU'~representing~
the~character~category.~Then,~a~character~must~follow.~LaTeX~
reached~the~end~of~the~replacement~when~looking~for~that.
}
+\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { regex } { replacement-catcode-in-cs }
+ {
+ Category~code~'\iow_char:N\\c#1#3'~ignored~inside~
+ '\iow_char:N\\c\{...\}'~in~a~replacement~text.
+ }
+ {
+ In~a~replacement~text,~the~category~codes~of~the~argument~of~
+ '\iow_char:N\\c\{...\}'~are~ignored~when~building~the~control~
+ sequence~name.
+ }
\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { regex } { replacement-null-space }
{ TeX~cannot~build~a~space~token~with~character~code~0. }
{
You~asked~for~a~character~token~with~category~space,~
and~character~code~0,~for~instance~through~
- `\iow_char:N\\cS\iow_char:N\\x00'.~
+ '\iow_char:N\\cS\iow_char:N\\x00'.~
This~specific~case~is~impossible~and~will~be~replaced~
by~a~normal~space.
}
@@ -6090,6 +6307,12 @@
There~ \int_compare:nTF { #1 = 1 } { was } { were } ~ #1~
missing~right~\int_compare:nTF { #1 = 1 } { brace } { braces } .
}
+\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { regex } { replacement-missing-rparen }
+ { Missing~right~parenthesis~inserted~in~replacement~text. }
+ {
+ There~ \int_compare:nTF { #1 = 1 } { was } { were } ~ #1~
+ missing~right~\int_compare:nTF { #1 = 1 } { parenthesis } { parentheses } .
+ }
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_msg_repeated:nnN}
@@ -6136,7 +6359,7 @@
{ \l_@@_max_state_int - 1 }
{
\trace:nnx { regex } { #1 }
- { \iow_char:N \\toks ##1 = { \tex_the:D \tex_toks:D ##1 } }
+ { \iow_char:N \\toks ##1 = { \@@_toks_use:w ##1 } }
}
}
%</trace>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str-convert.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str-convert.dtx
index 0f5e21f0514..4e4b8c3959b 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str-convert.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str-convert.dtx
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -192,15 +192,6 @@
%
% \section{Internal string functions}
%
-% \begin{function}{\__str_gset_other:Nn}
-% \begin{syntax}
-% \cs{__str_gset_other:Nn} \meta{tl~var} \Arg{token list}
-% \end{syntax}
-% Converts the \meta{token list} to an \meta{other string}, where
-% spaces have category code \enquote{other}, and assigns the result to
-% the \meta{tl~var}, globally.
-% \end{function}
-%
% \begin{function}{\__str_hexadecimal_use:NTF}
% \begin{syntax}
% \cs{__str_hexadecimal_use:NTF} \meta{token} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
@@ -216,17 +207,6 @@
% \end{texnote}
% \end{function}
%
-% \begin{function}[EXP]{\__str_output_byte:n}
-% \begin{syntax}
-% \cs{__str_output_byte:n} \Arg{intexpr}
-% \end{syntax}
-% Expands to a character token with category other and character code
-% equal to the value of \meta{intexpr}. The value of \meta{intexpr}
-% must be in the range $[-1, 255]$, and any value outside this range
-% results in undefined behaviour. The special value $-1$ is used to
-% produce an empty result.
-% \end{function}
-%
% \section{Possibilities, and things to do}
%
% Encoding/escaping-related tasks.
@@ -272,7 +252,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesExplPackage{l3str-convert}{2017/04/01}{}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{l3str-convert}{2017/05/13}{}
{L3 Experimental string encoding conversions}
\RequirePackage{l3tl-analysis,l3tl-build}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -330,20 +310,6 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{variable}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_ascii_min_int, \c_@@_ascii_max_control_int, \c_@@_ascii_max_int}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\int_const:Nn \c_@@_ascii_min_int { 0 }
-\int_const:Nn \c_@@_ascii_max_control_int { 31 }
-\int_const:Nn \c_@@_ascii_max_int { 127 }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\c_@@_ascii_lower_int}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\int_const:Nn \c_@@_ascii_lower_int { `a - `A }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
% \begin{variable}{\g_@@_alias_prop}
% To avoid needing one file per encoding/escaping alias, we keep track
% of those in a property list.
@@ -387,48 +353,6 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{variable}
%
-% \subsubsection{Escaping spaces}
-% ^^A todo: use char_generate in this file
-% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_gset_other:Nn}
-% \begin{macro}[aux,EXP]{\@@_gset_other_loop:w}
-% \begin{macro}[aux,EXP]{\@@_gset_other_end:w}
-% This function could be done by using \cs{@@_to_other:n} within
-% an \texttt{x}-expansion, but that would take a time quadratic in the
-% size of the string. Instead, we can \enquote{leave the result behind
-% us} in the input stream, to be captured into the expanding
-% assignment. This gives us a linear time.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\group_begin:
-\char_set_lccode:nn { `\* } { `\ }
-\char_set_lccode:nn { `\A } { `\A }
-\tex_lowercase:D
- {
- \group_end:
- \cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_gset_other:Nn #1#2
- {
- \tl_gset:Nx #1
- {
- \exp_after:wN \@@_gset_other_loop:w \tl_to_str:n {#2} ~ %
- A ~ A ~ A ~ A ~ A ~ A ~ A ~ A ~ A ~ \q_stop
- }
- }
- \cs_new:Npn \@@_gset_other_loop:w
- #1 ~ #2 ~ #3 ~ #4 ~ #5 ~ #6 ~ #7 ~ #8 ~ #9 ~
- {
- \if_meaning:w A #9
- \@@_gset_other_end:w
- \fi:
- #1 * #2 * #3 * #4 * #5 * #6 * #7 * #8 * #9
- \@@_gset_other_loop:w *
- }
- \cs_new:Npn \@@_gset_other_end:w \fi: #1 * A #2 \q_stop
- { \fi: #1 }
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
% \subsection{String conditionals}
%
% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\@@_if_contains_char:NNT, \@@_if_contains_char:NNTF}
@@ -544,12 +468,12 @@
% an empty result for the input $-1$.
% \begin{macrocode}
\group_begin:
- \tl_set:Nx \l__str_internal_tl { \tl_to_str:n { 0123456789ABCDEF } }
- \tl_map_inline:Nn \l__str_internal_tl
+ \tl_set:Nx \l_@@_internal_tl { \tl_to_str:n { 0123456789ABCDEF } }
+ \tl_map_inline:Nn \l_@@_internal_tl
{
- \tl_map_inline:Nn \l__str_internal_tl
+ \tl_map_inline:Nn \l_@@_internal_tl
{
- \tl_const:cx { c__str_byte_ \int_eval:n {"#1##1} _tl }
+ \tl_const:cx { c_@@_byte_ \int_eval:n {"#1##1} _tl }
{ \char_generate:nn { "#1##1 } { 12 } #1 ##1 }
}
}
@@ -783,7 +707,7 @@
{
\group_begin:
#1
- \@@_gset_other:Nn \g_@@_result_tl {#4}
+ \tl_gset:Nx \g_@@_result_tl { \@@_to_other_fast:n {#4} }
\exp_after:wN \@@_convert:wwwnn
\tl_to_str:n {#5} /// \q_stop
{ decode } { unescape }
@@ -951,7 +875,7 @@
#1
\fi:
\else:
- \@@_output_byte:n { `#1 + \c_@@_ascii_lower_int }
+ \@@_output_byte:n { `#1 + `a - `A }
\fi:
\fi:
\@@_convert_lowercase_alphanum_loop:N
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str-format.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str-format.dtx
index 6619f9c9b06..c61d2575e90 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str-format.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str-format.dtx
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
%
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*package>
-\ProvidesExplPackage{l3str-format}{2017/04/01}{}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{l3str-format}{2017/05/13}{}
{L3 Experimental string formatting}
\RequirePackage{l3str}
%</package>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str.ins
index 56c80ce4992..be46fd21845 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str.ins
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str.ins
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
\iffalse meta-comment
-File l3str.ins Copyright (C) 2011,2013,2015,2016 The LaTeX3 Project
+File l3str.ins Copyright (C) 2011,2013,2015-2017 The LaTeX3 Project
It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ license information is placed in the derived files.
\preamble
-Copyright (C) 2011-2016 The LaTeX3 Project
+Copyright (C) 2011-2017 The LaTeX3 Project
It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of
@@ -57,6 +57,7 @@ and all files in that bundle must be distributed together.
\generate{\file{l3tl-analysis.sty} {\from{l3tl-analysis.dtx} {package}}}
\generate{\file{l3tl-build.sty} {\from{l3tl-build.dtx} {package}}}
\generate{\file{l3regex-trace.sty} {\from{l3regex.dtx} {package,trace}}}
+\generate{\file{l3intarray.sty} {\from{l3intarray.dtx} {package}}}
% Escapings.
\generate{%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3tl-analysis.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3tl-analysis.dtx
index 44b024c95c0..5dd95a5e208 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3tl-analysis.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3tl-analysis.dtx
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesExplPackage{l3tl-analysis}{2017/04/01}{}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{l3tl-analysis}{2017/05/13}{}
{L3 Experimental token list analysis}
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -390,15 +390,17 @@
% must appear in its string representation. The string is shortened
% a little by making the escape character unprintable. The active
% space must be disabled separately (the loop skips over it otherwise),
-% and we end the loop by feeding an odd non-\texttt{N}-type
-% argument to the looping macro.
+% and we end the loop by feeding an odd non-\texttt{N}-type argument
+% to the looping macro. For \pTeX{} and \upTeX{} we skip characters
+% beyond $[0,255]$ because \tn{lccode} only allows those values.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_setup:n #1
{
\int_set:Nn \tex_escapechar:D { -1 }
\exp_after:wN \@@_disable_loop:N
- \tl_to_str:n {#1} { ~ } { ? ~ \__prg_break: }
+ \tl_to_str:n {#1} { ~ } { ? \__prg_break: }
\__prg_break_point:
+ \scan_stop:
}
\group_begin:
\char_set_catcode_active:N \^^@
@@ -408,6 +410,20 @@
\tex_lowercase:D { \tex_let:D ^^@ } \tex_undefined:D
\@@_disable_loop:N
}
+ \bool_lazy_or:nnT
+ { \sys_if_engine_ptex_p: }
+ { \sys_if_engine_uptex_p: }
+ {
+ \cs_gset_protected:Npn \@@_disable_loop:N #1
+ {
+ \use_none:n #1 \scan_stop:
+ \if_int_compare:w 256 > `#1 \exp_stop_f:
+ \tex_lccode:D 0 = `#1 ~
+ \tex_lowercase:D { \tex_let:D ^^@ } \tex_undefined:D
+ \fi:
+ \@@_disable_loop:N
+ }
+ }
\group_end:
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3tl-build.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3tl-build.dtx
index 70823439c5c..bbdb3958613 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3tl-build.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3tl-build.dtx
@@ -23,8 +23,8 @@
%<*driver|package>
% The version of expl3 required is tested as early as possible, as
% some really old versions do not define \ProvidesExplPackage.
-\RequirePackage{expl3}[2017/04/01]
-%<package>\@ifpackagelater{expl3}{2017/04/01}
+\RequirePackage{expl3}[2017/05/13]
+%<package>\@ifpackagelater{expl3}{2017/05/13}
%<package> {}
%<package> {%
%<package> \PackageError{l3tl-build}{Support package l3kernel too old}
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesExplPackage{l3tl-build}{2017/04/01}{}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{l3tl-build}{2017/05/13}{}
{L3 Experimental token list construction}
% \end{macrocode}
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/xcoffins/xcoffins.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/xcoffins/xcoffins.dtx
index 0969c705e68..59439b2b93f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/xcoffins/xcoffins.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/xcoffins/xcoffins.dtx
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -113,10 +113,6 @@
% Before any alignment can take place, coffins must be created and
% their contents must be created. All coffin operations are local
% to the current \TeX{} group with the exception of coffin creation.
-% Coffins are also \enquote{color safe}: in contrast to the code-level
-% \cs{box_\ldots} functions there is no need to add additional grouping
-% to coffins when dealing with color.
-%
% \begin{function}{\NewCoffin}
% \begin{syntax}
% \cs{NewCoffin} \meta{coffin}
@@ -677,7 +673,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesExplPackage{xcoffins}{2017/04/01}{}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{xcoffins}{2017/05/13}{}
{L3 Experimental design level coffins}
% \end{macrocode}
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/xgalley/l3galley.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/xgalley/l3galley.dtx
index adda76b48f4..b29e9fa8364 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/xgalley/l3galley.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/xgalley/l3galley.dtx
@@ -24,8 +24,8 @@
%<*driver|package>
% The version of expl3 required is tested as early as possible, as
% some really old versions do not define \ProvidesExplPackage.
-\RequirePackage{expl3}[2017/04/01]
-%<package>\@ifpackagelater{expl3}{2017/04/01}
+\RequirePackage{expl3}[2017/05/13]
+%<package>\@ifpackagelater{expl3}{2017/05/13}
%<package> {}
%<package> {%
%<package> \PackageError{l3galley}{Support package l3kernel too old}
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -146,9 +146,8 @@
% \cs{galley_level:}
% \end{syntax}
% Sets up a vertical box to contain a new galley level. The box should
-% be \enquote{color safe}, which is automatic for \LaTeX3 coffins but
-% must be included manually (using \cs{color_group_begin:} and
-% \cs{color_group_end:}) in \enquote{raw} vertical boxes.
+% include \enquote{wrapper} group (be \enquote{color safe}): this is
+% automatically true for all \LaTeX3 boxes and coffins.
% \end{function}
%
% \subsection{Measure}
@@ -686,7 +685,7 @@
%
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*package>
-\ProvidesExplPackage{l3galley}{2017/04/01}{}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{l3galley}{2017/05/13}{}
{L3 Experimental galley code}
%</package>
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1285,7 +1284,7 @@
\cs_new_protected:Npn \galley_par:n #1
{
\s__par_omit
- \bool_if:nF \g_@@_begin_level_bool
+ \bool_if:NF \g_@@_begin_level_bool
{
#1
\galley_par:
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/xgalley/xgalley.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/xgalley/xgalley.dtx
index dcf162d0283..00b6928e4bc 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/xgalley/xgalley.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/xgalley/xgalley.dtx
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -732,7 +732,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesExplPackage{xgalley}{2017/04/01}{}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{xgalley}{2017/05/13}{}
{L3 Experimental galley}
\RequirePackage{xparse,xtemplate,l3galley}
% \end{macrocode}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/expl3.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/expl3.dtx
index c9de1d0f8b7..eaee0f7a59d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/expl3.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/expl3.dtx
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
% for those people who are interested.
%
%<*driver|generic|package>
-\def\ExplFileDate{2017/04/01}%
+\def\ExplFileDate{2017/05/13}%
%</driver|generic|package>
%<*driver>
\documentclass[full]{l3doc}
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -1292,11 +1292,9 @@
\sys_if_output_pdf:TF
{ pdfmode }
{
- \bool_if:nTF
- {
- \sys_if_engine_pdftex_p: ||
- \sys_if_engine_luatex_p:
- }
+ \bool_lazy_or:nnTF
+ { \sys_if_engine_pdftex_p: }
+ { \sys_if_engine_luatex_p: }
{ dvips }
{ dvipdfmx }
}
@@ -1417,7 +1415,7 @@
% \begin{macro}
% {
% \box_rotate:Nn,
-% \box_resize:Nnn,
+% \box_resize_to_wd_and_ht_plus_dp:Nnn,
% \box_resize_to_ht_plus_dp:Nn,
% \box_resize_to_wd:Nn,
% \box_scale:Nnn
@@ -1444,7 +1442,7 @@
}
\cs_set_protected:Npn \box_rotate:Nn #1#2
{ \hbox_set:Nn #1 { \rotatebox {#2} { \box_use:N #1 } } }
- \cs_set_protected:Npn \box_resize:Nnn #1#2#3
+ \cs_set_protected:Npn \box_resize_to_wd_and_ht_plus_dp:Nnn #1#2#3
{
\hbox_set:Nn #1
{
@@ -1470,15 +1468,13 @@
{ \box_use:N #1 }
}
}
- \cs_set_protected:Npn \box_scale:Nnn #1#2#3
+ \cs_set_protected:Npn \__box_scale_aux:N #1
{
- \hbox_set:Nn #1
- {
- \exp_last_unbraced:Nx \scalebox
- { { \fp_eval:n {#2} } [ \fp_eval:n {#3} ] }
- { \box_use:N #1 }
- }
+ \exp_last_unbraced:Nx \scalebox
+ { { \fp_use:N \l__box_scale_x_fp } [ \fp_use:N \l__box_scale_y_fp ] }
+ { \box_use:N #1 }
}
+ \cs_set_protected:Npn \color_ensure_current: { \set@color }
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -1678,11 +1674,6 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% Deactivate writing module information to the log.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\protected\def\GetIdInfoLog{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
% For driver loading in generic mode, there are no options: pick the most
% appropriate case! To allow this loading to take place a temporary
% definition of \cs{ProvidesExplFile} is provided
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3alloc.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3alloc.dtx
index 078f3016465..1e94b66f730 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3alloc.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3alloc.dtx
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3basics.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3basics.dtx
index 3310d9336f2..7b895ee75d0 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3basics.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3basics.dtx
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3bootstrap.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3bootstrap.dtx
index 5001f7340af..db8e9826e3b 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3bootstrap.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3bootstrap.dtx
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
% for those people who are interested.
%
%<*driver|package>
-% \begin{macro}[deprecated = 2017-03-19]{\GetIdInfo}
+% \begin{macro}{\GetIdInfo}
% \begin{macro}[aux]{\GetIdInfoAuxI, \GetIdInfoAuxII, \GetIdInfoAuxIII}
% The idea here is to extract out the information needed from a standard
% \textsc{svn} \texttt{Id} line, but without a line that will get
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -187,11 +187,30 @@
% the package identifier line.
% \end{function}
%
+% \begin{function}[updated = 2012-06-04]{\GetIdInfo}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% |\RequirePackage{l3bootstrap}|
+% \cs{GetIdInfo} |$Id:| \meta{SVN info field} |$| \Arg{description}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Extracts all information from a SVN field. Spaces are not
+% ignored in these fields. The information pieces are stored in
+% separate control sequences with \cs{ExplFileName} for the part of the
+% file name leading up to the period, \cs{ExplFileDate} for date,
+% \cs{ExplFileVersion} for version and \cs{ExplFileDescription} for the
+% description.
+% \end{function}
+%
% To summarize: Every single package using this syntax should identify
% itself using one of the above methods. Special care is taken so that
% every package or class file loaded with \tn{RequirePackage} or similar
% are loaded with usual \LaTeXe{} category codes and the \LaTeX3 category code
-% scheme is reloaded when needed afterwards.
+% scheme is reloaded when needed afterwards. See implementation for
+% details. If you use the \cs{GetIdInfo} command you can use the
+% information when loading a package with
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \ProvidesExplPackage{\ExplFileName}
+% {\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
+% \end{verbatim}
%
% \subsection{Internal functions and variables}
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3box.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3box.dtx
index edbf6b7b652..b7ac16ab656 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3box.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3box.dtx
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -335,9 +335,14 @@
% group levels.
% \end{function}
%
+% \section{Boxes and color}
+%
+% All \LaTeX{}3 boxes are \enquote{color safe}: a color set inside the box
+% will not apply after the end of the box has occurred.
+%
% \section{Horizontal mode boxes}
%
-% \begin{function}{\hbox:n}
+% \begin{function}[updated = 2017-04-05]{\hbox:n}
% \begin{syntax}
% \cs{hbox:n} \Arg{contents}
% \end{syntax}
@@ -345,7 +350,7 @@
% width and then includes this box in the current list for typesetting.
% \end{function}
%
-% \begin{function}{\hbox_to_wd:nn}
+% \begin{function}[updated = 2017-04-05]{\hbox_to_wd:nn}
% \begin{syntax}
% \cs{hbox_to_wd:nn} \Arg{dimexpr} \Arg{contents}
% \end{syntax}
@@ -354,7 +359,7 @@
% typesetting.
% \end{function}
%
-% \begin{function}{\hbox_to_zero:n}
+% \begin{function}[updated = 2017-04-05]{\hbox_to_zero:n}
% \begin{syntax}
% \cs{hbox_to_zero:n} \Arg{contents}
% \end{syntax}
@@ -362,7 +367,8 @@
% and then includes this box in the current list for typesetting.
% \end{function}
%
-% \begin{function}{\hbox_set:Nn, \hbox_set:cn, \hbox_gset:Nn, \hbox_gset:cn}
+% \begin{function}[updated = 2017-04-05]
+% {\hbox_set:Nn, \hbox_set:cn, \hbox_gset:Nn, \hbox_gset:cn}
% \begin{syntax}
% \cs{hbox_set:Nn} \meta{box} \Arg{contents}
% \end{syntax}
@@ -370,7 +376,7 @@
% result inside the \meta{box}.
% \end{function}
%
-% \begin{function}
+% \begin{function}[updated = 2017-04-05]
% {
% \hbox_set_to_wd:Nnn, \hbox_set_to_wd:cnn,
% \hbox_gset_to_wd:Nnn, \hbox_gset_to_wd:cnn
@@ -382,7 +388,7 @@
% and then stores the result inside the \meta{box}.
% \end{function}
%
-% \begin{function}{\hbox_overlap_right:n}
+% \begin{function}[updated = 2017-04-05]{\hbox_overlap_right:n}
% \begin{syntax}
% \cs{hbox_overlap_right:n} \Arg{contents}
% \end{syntax}
@@ -391,7 +397,7 @@
% point.
% \end{function}
%
-% \begin{function}{\hbox_overlap_left:n}
+% \begin{function}[updated = 2017-04-05]{\hbox_overlap_left:n}
% \begin{syntax}
% \cs{hbox_overlap_left:n} \Arg{contents}
% \end{syntax}
@@ -400,7 +406,7 @@
% point.
% \end{function}
%
-% \begin{function}
+% \begin{function}[updated = 2017-04-05]
% {
% \hbox_set:Nw, \hbox_set:cw,
% \hbox_set_end:,
@@ -451,18 +457,15 @@
% is that of the first item added. These tend to have a large depth and
% small height, although the latter will typically be non-zero.
%
-% \begin{function}[updated = 2011-12-18]{\vbox:n}
+% \begin{function}[updated = 2017-04-05]{\vbox:n}
% \begin{syntax}
% \cs{vbox:n} \Arg{contents}
% \end{syntax}
% Typesets the \meta{contents} into a vertical box of natural height
% and includes this box in the current list for typesetting.
-% \begin{texnote}
-% This is the \TeX{} primitive \tn{vbox}.
-% \end{texnote}
% \end{function}
%
-% \begin{function}[updated = 2011-12-18]{\vbox_top:n}
+% \begin{function}[updated = 2017-04-05]{\vbox_top:n}
% \begin{syntax}
% \cs{vbox_top:n} \Arg{contents}
% \end{syntax}
@@ -470,12 +473,9 @@
% and includes this box in the current list for typesetting. The
% baseline of the box will be equal to that of the \emph{first}
% item added to the box.
-% \begin{texnote}
-% This is the \TeX{} primitive \tn{vtop}.
-% \end{texnote}
% \end{function}
%
-% \begin{function}[updated = 2011-12-18]{\vbox_to_ht:nn}
+% \begin{function}[updated = 2017-04-05]{\vbox_to_ht:nn}
% \begin{syntax}
% \cs{vbox_to_ht:nn} \Arg{dimexpr} \Arg{contents}
% \end{syntax}
@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@
% typesetting.
% \end{function}
%
-% \begin{function}[updated = 2011-12-18]{\vbox_to_zero:n}
+% \begin{function}[updated = 2017-04-05]{\vbox_to_zero:n}
% \begin{syntax}
% \cs{vbox_to_zero:n} \Arg{contents}
% \end{syntax}
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
% and then includes this box in the current list for typesetting.
% \end{function}
%
-% \begin{function}[updated = 2011-12-18]
+% \begin{function}[updated = 2017-04-05]
% {\vbox_set:Nn, \vbox_set:cn, \vbox_gset:Nn, \vbox_gset:cn}
% \begin{syntax}
% \cs{vbox_set:Nn} \meta{box} \Arg{contents}
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@
% result inside the \meta{box}.
% \end{function}
%
-% \begin{function}[updated = 2011-12-18]
+% \begin{function}[updated = 2017-04-05]
% {\vbox_set_top:Nn, \vbox_set_top:cn, \vbox_gset_top:Nn, \vbox_gset_top:cn}
% \begin{syntax}
% \cs{vbox_set_top:Nn} \meta{box} \Arg{contents}
@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@
% to that of the \emph{first} item added to the box.
% \end{function}
%
-% \begin{function}[updated = 2011-12-18]
+% \begin{function}[updated = 2017-04-05]
% {
% \vbox_set_to_ht:Nnn, \vbox_set_to_ht:cnn,
% \vbox_gset_to_ht:Nnn, \vbox_gset_to_ht:cnn
@@ -523,7 +523,7 @@
% \meta{dimexpr} and then stores the result inside the \meta{box}.
% \end{function}
%
-% \begin{function}[updated = 2011-12-18]
+% \begin{function}[updated = 2017-04-058]
% {
% \vbox_set:Nw, \vbox_set:cw,
% \vbox_set_end:,
@@ -575,6 +575,162 @@
% \end{texnote}
% \end{function}
%
+% \subsection{Affine transformations}
+%
+% Affine transformations are changes which (informally) preserve straight
+% lines. Simple translations are affine transformations, but are better handled
+% in \TeX{} by doing the translation first, then inserting an unmodified box.
+% On the other hand, rotation and resizing of boxed material can best be
+% handled by modifying boxes. These transformations are described here.
+%
+% \begin{function}[added = 2017-04-04]
+% {\box_autosize_to_wd_and_ht:Nnn, \box_autosize_to_wd_and_ht:Nnn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{box_autosize_to_wd_and_ht:Nnn} \meta{box} \Arg{x-size} \Arg{y-size}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Resizes the \meta{box} to fit within the given \meta{x-size} (horizontally)
+% and \meta{y-size} (vertically); both of the sizes are dimension
+% expressions. The \meta{y-size} is the height only: it does not include any
+% depth. The updated \meta{box} will be an |hbox|, irrespective of the nature
+% of the \meta{box} before the resizing is applied. The final size of the
+% \meta{box} will be the smaller of \Arg{x-size} and \Arg{y-size},
+% \emph{i.e.}~the result will fit within the dimensions specified. Negative
+% sizes will cause the material in the \meta{box} to be reversed in direction,
+% but the reference point of the \meta{box} will be unchanged. Thus a negative
+% \meta{y-size} will result in the \meta{box} having a depth dependent on the
+% height of the original and \emph{vice versa}. The resizing applies within
+% the current \TeX{} group level.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}[added = 2017-04-04]
+% {\box_autosize_to_wd_and_ht_plus_dp:Nnn, \box_autosize_to_wd_and_ht_plus_dp:Nnn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{box_autosize_to_wd_and_ht_plus_dp:Nnn} \meta{box} \Arg{x-size} \Arg{y-size}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Resizes the \meta{box} to fit within the given \meta{x-size} (horizontally)
+% and \meta{y-size} (vertically); both of the sizes are dimension
+% expressions. The \meta{y-size} is the total vertical size (height plus
+% depth). The updated \meta{box} will be an |hbox|, irrespective of the nature
+% of the \meta{box} before the resizing is applied. The final size of the
+% \meta{box} will be the smaller of \Arg{x-size} and \Arg{y-size},
+% \emph{i.e.}~the result will fit within the dimensions specified. Negative
+% sizes will cause the material in the \meta{box} to be reversed in direction,
+% but the reference point of the \meta{box} will be unchanged. Thus a negative
+% \meta{y-size} will result in the \meta{box} having a depth dependent on the
+% height of the original and \emph{vice versa}. The resizing applies within
+% the current \TeX{} group level.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}
+% {\box_resize_to_ht:Nn, \box_resize_to_ht:cn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{box_resize_to_ht:Nn} \meta{box} \Arg{y-size}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Resizes the \meta{box} to \meta{y-size} (vertically), scaling the horizontal
+% size by the same amount; \meta{y-size} is a dimension expression. The
+% \meta{y-size} is the height only: it does not include any depth. The updated
+% \meta{box} will be an |hbox|, irrespective of the nature of the \meta{box}
+% before the resizing is applied. A negative \meta{y-size} will cause the
+% material in the \meta{box} to be reversed in direction, but the reference
+% point of the \meta{box} will be unchanged. Thus a negative \meta{y-size}
+% will result in the \meta{box} having a depth dependent on the height of the
+% original and \emph{vice versa}. The resizing applies within the current
+% \TeX{} group level.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}
+% {\box_resize_to_ht_plus_dp:Nn, \box_resize_to_ht_plus_dp:cn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{box_resize_to_ht_plus_dp:Nn} \meta{box} \Arg{y-size}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Resizes the \meta{box} to \meta{y-size} (vertically), scaling the horizontal
+% size by the same amount; \meta{y-size} is a dimension expression. The
+% \meta{y-size} is the total vertical size (height plus depth). The updated
+% \meta{box} will be an |hbox|, irrespective of the nature of the \meta{box}
+% before the resizing is applied. A negative \meta{y-size} will cause
+% the material in the \meta{box} to be reversed in direction, but the
+% reference point of the \meta{box} will be unchanged. Thus a negative
+% \meta{y-size} will result in the \meta{box} having a depth dependent on the
+% height of the original and \emph{vice versa}. The resizing applies within
+% the current \TeX{} group level.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\box_resize_to_wd:Nn, \box_resize_to_wd:cn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{box_resize_to_wd:Nn} \meta{box} \Arg{x-size}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Resizes the \meta{box} to \meta{x-size} (horizontally), scaling the vertical
+% size by the same amount; \meta{x-size} is a dimension expression. The updated
+% \meta{box} will be an |hbox|, irrespective of the nature of the \meta{box}
+% before the resizing is applied. A negative \meta{x-size} will cause the
+% material in the \meta{box} to be reversed in direction, but the reference
+% point of the \meta{box} will be unchanged. Thus a negative \meta{x-size}
+% will result in the \meta{box} having a depth dependent on the height of the
+% original and \emph{vice versa}. The resizing applies within the current
+% \TeX{} group level.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}[added = 2014-07-03]
+% {\box_resize_to_wd_and_ht:Nnn, \box_resize_to_wd_and_ht:cnn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{box_resize_to_wd_and_ht:Nnn} \meta{box} \Arg{x-size} \Arg{y-size}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Resizes the \meta{box} to \meta{x-size} (horizontally) and \meta{y-size}
+% (vertically): both of the sizes are dimension expressions. The
+% \meta{y-size} is the height only and does not include any depth. The updated
+% \meta{box} will be an |hbox|, irrespective of the nature of the \meta{box}
+% before the resizing is applied. Negative sizes will cause the material in
+% the \meta{box} to be reversed in direction, but the reference point of the
+% \meta{box} will be unchanged. Thus a negative \meta{y-size} will result in
+% the \meta{box} having a depth dependent on the height of the original and
+% \emph{vice versa}. The resizing applies within the current \TeX{} group
+% level.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}[added = 2017-04-06]
+% {\box_resize_to_wd_and_ht_plus_dp:Nnn, \box_resize_to_wd_and_ht_plus_dp:cnn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{box_resize_to_wd_and_ht_plus_dp:Nnn} \meta{box} \Arg{x-size} \Arg{y-size}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Resizes the \meta{box} to \meta{x-size} (horizontally) and \meta{y-size}
+% (vertically): both of the sizes are dimension expressions. The
+% \meta{y-size} is the total vertical size (height plus depth). The updated
+% \meta{box} will be an |hbox|, irrespective of the nature of the \meta{box}
+% before the resizing is applied. Negative sizes will cause the material in
+% the \meta{box} to be reversed in direction, but the reference point of the
+% \meta{box} will be unchanged. Thus a negative \meta{y-size} will result in
+% the \meta{box} having a depth dependent on the height of the original and
+% \emph{vice versa}. The resizing applies within the current \TeX{} group
+% level.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\box_rotate:Nn, \box_rotate:cn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{box_rotate:Nn} \meta{box} \Arg{angle}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Rotates the \meta{box} by \meta{angle} (in degrees) anti-clockwise about
+% its reference point. The reference point of the updated box will be moved
+% horizontally such that it is at the left side of the smallest rectangle
+% enclosing the rotated material. The updated \meta{box} will be an |hbox|,
+% irrespective of the nature of the \meta{box} before the rotation is applied.
+% The rotation applies within the current \TeX{} group level.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\box_scale:Nnn, \box_scale:cnn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{box_scale:Nnn} \meta{box} \Arg{x-scale} \Arg{y-scale}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Scales the \meta{box} by factors \meta{x-scale} and \meta{y-scale} in
+% the horizontal and vertical directions, respectively (both scales are
+% integer expressions). The updated \meta{box} will be an |hbox|, irrespective
+% of the nature of the \meta{box} before the scaling is applied. Negative
+% scalings will cause the material in the \meta{box} to be reversed in
+% direction, but the reference point of the \meta{box} will be unchanged.
+% Thus a negative \meta{y-scale} will result in the \meta{box} having a depth
+% dependent on the height of the original and \emph{vice versa}. The resizing
+% applies within the current \TeX{} group level.
+% \end{function}
+%
% \section{Primitive box conditionals}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP]{\if_hbox:N}
@@ -976,7 +1132,8 @@
% \testfile{m3box002.lvt}
% Put a horizontal box directly into the input stream.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \hbox:n #1 { \tex_hbox:D \scan_stop: {#1} }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hbox:n #1
+ { \tex_hbox:D \scan_stop: { \group_begin: #1 \group_end: } }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -985,7 +1142,7 @@
% \testfile*
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \hbox_set:Nn #1#2
- { \tex_setbox:D #1 \tex_hbox:D {#2} }
+ { \tex_setbox:D #1 \tex_hbox:D { \group_begin: #2 \group_end: } }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \hbox_gset:Nn { \tex_global:D \hbox_set:Nn }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \hbox_set:Nn { c }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \hbox_gset:Nn { c }
@@ -999,7 +1156,10 @@
% Storing material in a horizontal box with a specified width.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \hbox_set_to_wd:Nnn #1#2#3
- { \tex_setbox:D #1 \tex_hbox:D to \__dim_eval:w #2 \__dim_eval_end: {#3} }
+ {
+ \tex_setbox:D #1 \tex_hbox:D to \__dim_eval:w #2 \__dim_eval_end:
+ { \group_begin: #3 \group_end: }
+ }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \hbox_gset_to_wd:Nnn
{ \tex_global:D \hbox_set_to_wd:Nnn }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \hbox_set_to_wd:Nnn { c }
@@ -1016,13 +1176,21 @@
% environment definitions.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \hbox_set:Nw #1
- { \tex_setbox:D #1 \tex_hbox:D \c_group_begin_token }
+ {
+ \tex_setbox:D #1 \tex_hbox:D
+ \c_group_begin_token
+ \group_begin:
+ }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \hbox_gset:Nw
{ \tex_global:D \hbox_set:Nw }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \hbox_set:Nw { c }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \hbox_gset:Nw { c }
-\cs_new_eq:NN \hbox_set_end: \c_group_end_token
-\cs_new_eq:NN \hbox_gset_end: \c_group_end_token
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hbox_set_end:
+ {
+ \group_end:
+ \c_group_end_token
+ }
+\cs_new_eq:NN \hbox_gset_end: \hbox_set_end:
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -1034,8 +1202,12 @@
% Put a horizontal box directly into the input stream.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \hbox_to_wd:nn #1#2
- { \tex_hbox:D to \__dim_eval:w #1 \__dim_eval_end: {#2} }
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \hbox_to_zero:n #1 { \tex_hbox:D to \c_zero_dim {#1} }
+ {
+ \tex_hbox:D to \__dim_eval:w #1 \__dim_eval_end:
+ { \group_begin: #2 \group_end: }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hbox_to_zero:n #1
+ { \tex_hbox:D to \c_zero_dim { \group_begin: #1 \group_end: } }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -1076,8 +1248,10 @@
% \TestFiles{m3box003.lvt}
% Put a vertical box directly into the input stream.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \vbox:n #1 { \tex_vbox:D { #1 \par } }
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \vbox_top:n #1 { \tex_vtop:D { #1 \par } }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \vbox:n #1
+ { \tex_vbox:D { \group_begin: #1 \par \group_end: } }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \vbox_top:n #1
+ { \tex_vtop:D { \group_begin: #1 \par \group_end: } }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -1088,9 +1262,15 @@
% Put a vertical box directly into the input stream.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \vbox_to_ht:nn #1#2
- { \tex_vbox:D to \__dim_eval:w #1 \__dim_eval_end: { #2 \par } }
+ {
+ \tex_vbox:D to \__dim_eval:w #1 \__dim_eval_end:
+ { \group_begin: #2 \par \group_end: }
+ }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \vbox_to_zero:n #1
- { \tex_vbox:D to \c_zero_dim { #1 \par } }
+ {
+ \tex_vbox:D to \c_zero_dim
+ { \group_begin: #1 \par \group_end: }
+ }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -1101,7 +1281,10 @@
% Storing material in a vertical box with a natural height.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \vbox_set:Nn #1#2
- { \tex_setbox:D #1 \tex_vbox:D { #2 \par } }
+ {
+ \tex_setbox:D #1 \tex_vbox:D
+ { \group_begin: #2 \par \group_end: }
+ }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \vbox_gset:Nn { \tex_global:D \vbox_set:Nn }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \vbox_set:Nn { c }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \vbox_gset:Nn { c }
@@ -1116,7 +1299,10 @@
% point at the baseline of the first object in the box.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \vbox_set_top:Nn #1#2
- { \tex_setbox:D #1 \tex_vtop:D { #2 \par } }
+ {
+ \tex_setbox:D #1 \tex_vtop:D
+ { \group_begin: #2 \par \group_end: }
+ }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \vbox_gset_top:Nn
{ \tex_global:D \vbox_set_top:Nn }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \vbox_set_top:Nn { c }
@@ -1133,7 +1319,7 @@
\cs_new_protected:Npn \vbox_set_to_ht:Nnn #1#2#3
{
\tex_setbox:D #1 \tex_vbox:D to \__dim_eval:w #2 \__dim_eval_end:
- { #3 \par }
+ { \group_begin: #3 \par \group_end: }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \vbox_gset_to_ht:Nnn
{ \tex_global:D \vbox_set_to_ht:Nnn }
@@ -1151,14 +1337,19 @@
% environment definitions.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \vbox_set:Nw #1
- { \tex_setbox:D #1 \tex_vbox:D \c_group_begin_token }
+ {
+ \tex_setbox:D #1 \tex_vbox:D
+ \c_group_begin_token
+ \group_begin:
+ }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \vbox_gset:Nw
{ \tex_global:D \vbox_set:Nw }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \vbox_set:Nw { c }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \vbox_gset:Nw { c }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \vbox_set_end:
{
- \par
+ \par
+ \group_end:
\c_group_end_token
}
\cs_new_eq:NN \vbox_gset_end: \vbox_set_end:
@@ -1189,6 +1380,550 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \subsection{Affine transformations}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_angle_fp}
+% When rotating boxes, the angle itself may be needed by the
+% engine-dependent code. This is done using the \pkg{fp} module so
+% that the value is tidied up properly.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\fp_new:N \l_@@_angle_fp
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_cos_fp, \l_@@_sin_fp}
+% These are used to hold the calculated sine and cosine values while
+% carrying out a rotation.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\fp_new:N \l_@@_cos_fp
+\fp_new:N \l_@@_sin_fp
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}
+% {\l_@@_top_dim, \l_@@_bottom_dim, \l_@@_left_dim, \l_@@_right_dim}
+% These are the positions of the four edges of a box before
+% manipulation.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\dim_new:N \l_@@_top_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_@@_bottom_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_@@_left_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_@@_right_dim
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}
+% {
+% \l_@@_top_new_dim, \l_@@_bottom_new_dim ,
+% \l_@@_left_new_dim, \l_@@_right_new_dim
+% }
+% These are the positions of the four edges of a box after
+% manipulation.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\dim_new:N \l_@@_top_new_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_@@_bottom_new_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_@@_left_new_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_@@_right_new_dim
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_internal_box}
+% Scratch space, but also needed by some parts of the driver.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\box_new:N \l_@@_internal_box
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\box_rotate:Nn}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_rotate:N}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_rotate_x:nnN, \@@_rotate_y:nnN}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]
+% {
+% \@@_rotate_quadrant_one:, \@@_rotate_quadrant_two:,
+% \@@_rotate_quadrant_three:, \@@_rotate_quadrant_four:
+% }
+% Rotation of a box starts with working out the relevant sine and
+% cosine. The actual rotation is in an auxiliary to keep the flow slightly
+% clearer
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \box_rotate:Nn #1#2
+ {
+ \hbox_set:Nn #1
+ {
+ \fp_set:Nn \l_@@_angle_fp {#2}
+ \fp_set:Nn \l_@@_sin_fp { sind ( \l_@@_angle_fp ) }
+ \fp_set:Nn \l_@@_cos_fp { cosd ( \l_@@_angle_fp ) }
+ \@@_rotate:N #1
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The edges of the box are then recorded: the left edge will
+% always be at zero. Rotation of the four edges then takes place: this is
+% most efficiently done on a quadrant by quadrant basis.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_rotate:N #1
+ {
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_@@_top_dim { \box_ht:N #1 }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_@@_bottom_dim { -\box_dp:N #1 }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_@@_right_dim { \box_wd:N #1 }
+ \dim_zero:N \l_@@_left_dim
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The next step is to work out the $x$ and $y$ coordinates of vertices of
+% the rotated box in relation to its original coordinates. The box can be
+% visualized with vertices $B$, $C$, $D$ and $E$ is illustrated
+% (Figure~\ref{fig:l3candidates:rotation}). The vertex $O$ is the reference point
+% on the baseline, and in this implementation is also the centre of rotation.
+% \begin{figure}
+% \centering
+% \setlength{\unitlength}{3pt}^^A
+% \begin{picture}(34,36)(12,44)
+% \thicklines
+% \put(20,52){\dashbox{1}(20,21){}}
+% \put(20,80){\line(0,-1){36}}
+% \put(12,58){\line(1, 0){34}}
+% \put(41,59){A}
+% \put(40,74){B}
+% \put(21,74){C}
+% \put(21,49){D}
+% \put(40,49){E}
+% \put(21,59){O}
+% \end{picture}
+% \caption{Co-ordinates of a box prior to rotation.}
+% \label{fig:l3candidates:rotation}
+% \end{figure}
+% The formulae are, for a point $P$ and angle $\alpha$:
+% \[
+% \begin{array}{l}
+% P'_x = P_x - O_x \\
+% P'_y = P_y - O_y \\
+% P''_x = ( P'_x \cos(\alpha)) - ( P'_y \sin(\alpha) ) \\
+% P''_y = ( P'_x \sin(\alpha)) + ( P'_y \cos(\alpha) ) \\
+% P'''_x = P''_x + O_x + L_x \\
+% P'''_y = P''_y + O_y
+% \end{array}
+% \]
+% The \enquote{extra} horizontal translation $L_x$ at the end is calculated
+% so that the leftmost point of the resulting box has $x$-coordinate $0$.
+% This is desirable as \TeX{} boxes must have the reference point at
+% the left edge of the box. (As $O$ is always $(0,0)$, this part of the
+% calculation is omitted here.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \fp_compare:nNnTF \l_@@_sin_fp > \c_zero_fp
+ {
+ \fp_compare:nNnTF \l_@@_cos_fp > \c_zero_fp
+ { \@@_rotate_quadrant_one: }
+ { \@@_rotate_quadrant_two: }
+ }
+ {
+ \fp_compare:nNnTF \l_@@_cos_fp < \c_zero_fp
+ { \@@_rotate_quadrant_three: }
+ { \@@_rotate_quadrant_four: }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The position of the box edges are now known, but the box at this
+% stage be misplaced relative to the current \TeX{} reference point. So the
+% content of the box is moved such that the reference point of the
+% rotated box will be in the same place as the original.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \hbox_set:Nn \l_@@_internal_box { \box_use:N #1 }
+ \hbox_set:Nn \l_@@_internal_box
+ {
+ \tex_kern:D -\l_@@_left_new_dim
+ \hbox:n
+ {
+ \__driver_box_use_rotate:Nn
+ \l_@@_internal_box
+ \l_@@_angle_fp
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Tidy up the size of the box so that the material is actually inside
+% the bounding box. The result can then be used to reset the original
+% box.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \box_set_ht:Nn \l_@@_internal_box { \l_@@_top_new_dim }
+ \box_set_dp:Nn \l_@@_internal_box { -\l_@@_bottom_new_dim }
+ \box_set_wd:Nn \l_@@_internal_box
+ { \l_@@_right_new_dim - \l_@@_left_new_dim }
+ \box_use:N \l_@@_internal_box
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% These functions take a general point $(|#1|, |#2|)$ and rotate its
+% location about the origin, using the previously-set sine and cosine
+% values. Each function gives only one component of the location of the
+% updated point. This is because for rotation of a box each step needs
+% only one value, and so performance is gained by avoiding working
+% out both $x'$ and $y'$ at the same time. Contrast this with
+% the equivalent function in the \pkg{l3coffins} module, where both parts
+% are needed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_rotate_x:nnN #1#2#3
+ {
+ \dim_set:Nn #3
+ {
+ \fp_to_dim:n
+ {
+ \l_@@_cos_fp * \dim_to_fp:n {#1}
+ - \l_@@_sin_fp * \dim_to_fp:n {#2}
+ }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_rotate_y:nnN #1#2#3
+ {
+ \dim_set:Nn #3
+ {
+ \fp_to_dim:n
+ {
+ \l_@@_sin_fp * \dim_to_fp:n {#1}
+ + \l_@@_cos_fp * \dim_to_fp:n {#2}
+ }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Rotation of the edges is done using a different formula for each
+% quadrant. In every case, the top and bottom edges only need the
+% resulting $y$-values, whereas the left and right edges need the
+% $x$-values. Each case is a question of picking out which corner
+% ends up at with the maximum top, bottom, left and right value. Doing
+% this by hand means a lot less calculating and avoids lots of
+% comparisons.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_rotate_quadrant_one:
+ {
+ \@@_rotate_y:nnN \l_@@_right_dim \l_@@_top_dim
+ \l_@@_top_new_dim
+ \@@_rotate_y:nnN \l_@@_left_dim \l_@@_bottom_dim
+ \l_@@_bottom_new_dim
+ \@@_rotate_x:nnN \l_@@_left_dim \l_@@_top_dim
+ \l_@@_left_new_dim
+ \@@_rotate_x:nnN \l_@@_right_dim \l_@@_bottom_dim
+ \l_@@_right_new_dim
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_rotate_quadrant_two:
+ {
+ \@@_rotate_y:nnN \l_@@_right_dim \l_@@_bottom_dim
+ \l_@@_top_new_dim
+ \@@_rotate_y:nnN \l_@@_left_dim \l_@@_top_dim
+ \l_@@_bottom_new_dim
+ \@@_rotate_x:nnN \l_@@_right_dim \l_@@_top_dim
+ \l_@@_left_new_dim
+ \@@_rotate_x:nnN \l_@@_left_dim \l_@@_bottom_dim
+ \l_@@_right_new_dim
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_rotate_quadrant_three:
+ {
+ \@@_rotate_y:nnN \l_@@_left_dim \l_@@_bottom_dim
+ \l_@@_top_new_dim
+ \@@_rotate_y:nnN \l_@@_right_dim \l_@@_top_dim
+ \l_@@_bottom_new_dim
+ \@@_rotate_x:nnN \l_@@_right_dim \l_@@_bottom_dim
+ \l_@@_left_new_dim
+ \@@_rotate_x:nnN \l_@@_left_dim \l_@@_top_dim
+ \l_@@_right_new_dim
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_rotate_quadrant_four:
+ {
+ \@@_rotate_y:nnN \l_@@_left_dim \l_@@_top_dim
+ \l_@@_top_new_dim
+ \@@_rotate_y:nnN \l_@@_right_dim \l_@@_bottom_dim
+ \l_@@_bottom_new_dim
+ \@@_rotate_x:nnN \l_@@_left_dim \l_@@_bottom_dim
+ \l_@@_left_new_dim
+ \@@_rotate_x:nnN \l_@@_right_dim \l_@@_top_dim
+ \l_@@_right_new_dim
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_scale_x_fp, \l_@@_scale_y_fp}
+% Scaling is potentially-different in the two axes.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\fp_new:N \l_@@_scale_x_fp
+\fp_new:N \l_@@_scale_y_fp
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{macro}
+% {\box_resize_to_wd_and_ht_plus_dp:Nnn, \box_resize_to_wd_and_ht_plus_dp:cnn}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_resize_set_corners:N}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_resize:N}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_resize:NNN}
+% Resizing a box starts by working out the various dimensions of the
+% existing box.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \box_resize_to_wd_and_ht_plus_dp:Nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \hbox_set:Nn #1
+ {
+ \@@_resize_set_corners:N #1
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The $x$-scaling and resulting box size is easy enough to work
+% out: the dimension is that given as |#2|, and the scale is simply the
+% new width divided by the old one.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \fp_set:Nn \l_@@_scale_x_fp
+ { \dim_to_fp:n {#2} / \dim_to_fp:n { \l_@@_right_dim } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The $y$-scaling needs both the height and the depth of the current box.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \fp_set:Nn \l_@@_scale_y_fp
+ {
+ \dim_to_fp:n {#3}
+ / \dim_to_fp:n { \l_@@_top_dim - \l_@@_bottom_dim }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Hand off to the auxiliary which does the rest of the work.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@@_resize:N #1
+ }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \box_resize_to_wd_and_ht_plus_dp:Nnn { c }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_resize_set_corners:N #1
+ {
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_@@_top_dim { \box_ht:N #1 }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_@@_bottom_dim { -\box_dp:N #1 }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_@@_right_dim { \box_wd:N #1 }
+ \dim_zero:N \l_@@_left_dim
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% With at least one real scaling to do, the next phase is to find the new
+% edge co-ordinates. In the $x$~direction this is relatively easy: just
+% scale the right edge. In the $y$~direction, both dimensions have to be
+% scaled, and this again needs the absolute scale value.
+% Once that is all done, the common resize/rescale code can be employed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_resize:N #1
+ {
+ \@@_resize:NNN \l_@@_right_new_dim
+ \l_@@_scale_x_fp \l_@@_right_dim
+ \@@_resize:NNN \l_@@_bottom_new_dim
+ \l_@@_scale_y_fp \l_@@_bottom_dim
+ \@@_resize:NNN \l_@@_top_new_dim
+ \l_@@_scale_y_fp \l_@@_top_dim
+ \@@_resize_common:N #1
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_resize:NNN #1#2#3
+ {
+ \dim_set:Nn #1
+ { \fp_to_dim:n { \fp_abs:n { #2 } * \dim_to_fp:n { #3 } } }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\box_resize_to_ht:Nn, \box_resize_to_ht:cn}
+% \begin{macro}{\box_resize_to_ht_plus_dp:Nn, \box_resize_to_ht_plus_dp:cn}
+% \begin{macro}{\box_resize_to_wd:Nn, \box_resize_to_wd:cn}
+% \begin{macro}{\box_resize_to_wd_and_ht:Nnn, \box_resize_to_wd_and_ht:cnn}
+% Scaling to a (total) height or to a width is a simplified version of the main
+% resizing operation, with the scale simply copied between the two parts. The
+% internal auxiliary is called using the scaling value twice, as the sign for
+% both parts is needed (as this allows the same internal code to be used as
+% for the general case).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \box_resize_to_ht:Nn #1#2
+ {
+ \hbox_set:Nn #1
+ {
+ \@@_resize_set_corners:N #1
+ \fp_set:Nn \l_@@_scale_y_fp
+ {
+ \dim_to_fp:n {#2}
+ / \dim_to_fp:n { \l_@@_top_dim }
+ }
+ \fp_set_eq:NN \l_@@_scale_x_fp \l_@@_scale_y_fp
+ \@@_resize:N #1
+ }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \box_resize_to_ht:Nn { c }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \box_resize_to_ht_plus_dp:Nn #1#2
+ {
+ \hbox_set:Nn #1
+ {
+ \@@_resize_set_corners:N #1
+ \fp_set:Nn \l_@@_scale_y_fp
+ {
+ \dim_to_fp:n {#2}
+ / \dim_to_fp:n { \l_@@_top_dim - \l_@@_bottom_dim }
+ }
+ \fp_set_eq:NN \l_@@_scale_x_fp \l_@@_scale_y_fp
+ \@@_resize:N #1
+ }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \box_resize_to_ht_plus_dp:Nn { c }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \box_resize_to_wd:Nn #1#2
+ {
+ \hbox_set:Nn #1
+ {
+ \@@_resize_set_corners:N #1
+ \fp_set:Nn \l_@@_scale_x_fp
+ { \dim_to_fp:n {#2} / \dim_to_fp:n { \l_@@_right_dim } }
+ \fp_set_eq:NN \l_@@_scale_y_fp \l_@@_scale_x_fp
+ \@@_resize:N #1
+ }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \box_resize_to_wd:Nn { c }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \box_resize_to_wd_and_ht:Nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \hbox_set:Nn #1
+ {
+ \@@_resize_set_corners:N #1
+ \fp_set:Nn \l_@@_scale_x_fp
+ { \dim_to_fp:n {#2} / \dim_to_fp:n { \l_@@_right_dim } }
+ \fp_set:Nn \l_@@_scale_y_fp
+ {
+ \dim_to_fp:n {#3}
+ / \dim_to_fp:n { \l_@@_top_dim }
+ }
+ \@@_resize:N #1
+ }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \box_resize_to_wd_and_ht:Nnn { c }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\box_scale:Nnn, \box_scale:cnn}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_scale_aux:N}
+% When scaling a box, setting the scaling itself is easy enough. The
+% new dimensions are also relatively easy to find, allowing only for
+% the need to keep them positive in all cases. Once that is done then
+% after a check for the trivial scaling a hand-off can be made to the
+% common code. The code here is split into two as this allows sharing
+% with the auto-resizing functions.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \box_scale:Nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \hbox_set:Nn #1
+ {
+ \fp_set:Nn \l_@@_scale_x_fp {#2}
+ \fp_set:Nn \l_@@_scale_y_fp {#3}
+ \@@_scale_aux:N #1
+ }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \box_scale:Nnn { c }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_scale_aux:N #1
+ {
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_@@_top_dim { \box_ht:N #1 }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_@@_bottom_dim { -\box_dp:N #1 }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_@@_right_dim { \box_wd:N #1 }
+ \dim_zero:N \l_@@_left_dim
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_@@_top_new_dim
+ { \fp_abs:n { \l_@@_scale_y_fp } \l_@@_top_dim }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_@@_bottom_new_dim
+ { \fp_abs:n { \l_@@_scale_y_fp } \l_@@_bottom_dim }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_@@_right_new_dim
+ { \fp_abs:n { \l_@@_scale_x_fp } \l_@@_right_dim }
+ \@@_resize_common:N #1
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}
+% {
+% \box_autosize_to_wd_and_ht:Nnn ,
+% \box_autosize_to_wd_and_ht:cnn ,
+% \box_autosize_to_wd_and_ht_plus_dp:cnn ,
+% \box_autosize_to_wd_and_ht_plus_dp:Nnn
+% }
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_autosize:Nnnn}
+% Although autosizing a box uses dimensions, it has more in common in
+% implementation with scaling. As such, most of the real work here is
+% done elsewhere.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \box_autosize_to_wd_and_ht:Nnn #1#2#3
+ { \@@_autosize:Nnnn #1 {#2} {#3} { \box_ht:N #1 } }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \box_autosize_to_wd_and_ht:Nnn { c }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \box_autosize_to_wd_and_ht_plus_dp:Nnn #1#2#3
+ { \@@_autosize:Nnnn #1 {#2} {#3} { \box_ht:N #1 + \box_dp:N #1 } }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \box_autosize_to_wd_and_ht_plus_dp:Nnn { c }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_autosize:Nnnn #1#2#3#4
+ {
+ \hbox_set:Nn #1
+ {
+ \fp_set:Nn \l_@@_scale_x_fp { ( #2 ) / \box_wd:N #1 }
+ \fp_set:Nn \l_@@_scale_y_fp { ( #3 ) / ( #4 ) }
+ \fp_compare:nNnTF \l_@@_scale_x_fp > \l_@@_scale_y_fp
+ { \fp_set_eq:NN \l_@@_scale_x_fp \l_@@_scale_y_fp }
+ { \fp_set_eq:NN \l_@@_scale_y_fp \l_@@_scale_x_fp }
+ \@@_scale_aux:N #1
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_resize_common:N}
+% The main resize function places in input into a box which will start
+% of with zero width, and includes the handles for engine rescaling.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_resize_common:N #1
+ {
+ \hbox_set:Nn \l_@@_internal_box
+ {
+ \__driver_box_use_scale:Nnn
+ #1
+ \l_@@_scale_x_fp
+ \l_@@_scale_y_fp
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The new height and depth can be applied directly.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \fp_compare:nNnTF \l_@@_scale_y_fp > \c_zero_fp
+ {
+ \box_set_ht:Nn \l_@@_internal_box { \l_@@_top_new_dim }
+ \box_set_dp:Nn \l_@@_internal_box { -\l_@@_bottom_new_dim }
+ }
+ {
+ \box_set_dp:Nn \l_@@_internal_box { \l_@@_top_new_dim }
+ \box_set_ht:Nn \l_@@_internal_box { -\l_@@_bottom_new_dim }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Things are not quite as obvious for the width, as the reference point
+% needs to remain unchanged. For positive scaling factors resizing the
+% box is all that is needed. However, for case of a negative scaling
+% the material must be shifted such that the reference point ends up in
+% the right place.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \fp_compare:nNnTF \l_@@_scale_x_fp < \c_zero_fp
+ {
+ \hbox_to_wd:nn { \l_@@_right_new_dim }
+ {
+ \tex_kern:D \l_@@_right_new_dim
+ \box_use:N \l_@@_internal_box
+ \tex_hss:D
+ }
+ }
+ {
+ \box_set_wd:Nn \l_@@_internal_box { \l_@@_right_new_dim }
+ \hbox:n
+ {
+ \tex_kern:D \c_zero_dim
+ \box_use:N \l_@@_internal_box
+ \tex_hss:D
+ }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Deprecated functions}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\box_resize:Nnn, \box_resize:cnn}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \box_resize:Nnn \box_resize_to_wd_and_ht_plus_dp:Nnn
+\cs_new_eq:NN \box_resize:cnn \box_resize_to_wd_and_ht_plus_dp:cnn
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
%</initex|package>
% \end{macrocode}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3candidates.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3candidates.dtx
index a96bc8c8f4e..627f4eba9e0 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3candidates.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3candidates.dtx
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -84,125 +84,6 @@
%
% \section{Additions to \pkg{l3box}}
%
-% \subsection{Affine transformations}
-%
-% Affine transformations are changes which (informally) preserve straight
-% lines. Simple translations are affine transformations, but are better handled
-% in \TeX{} by doing the translation first, then inserting an unmodified box.
-% On the other hand, rotation and resizing of boxed material can best be
-% handled by modifying boxes. These transformations are described here.
-%
-% \begin{function}{\box_resize:Nnn, \box_resize:cnn}
-% \begin{syntax}
-% \cs{box_resize:Nnn} \meta{box} \Arg{x-size} \Arg{y-size}
-% \end{syntax}
-% Resize the \meta{box} to \meta{x-size} horizontally and \meta{y-size}
-% vertically (both of the sizes are dimension expressions).
-% The \meta{y-size} is the vertical size (height plus depth) of
-% the box. The updated \meta{box} will be an hbox, irrespective of the nature
-% of the \meta{box} before the resizing is applied. Negative sizes will
-% cause the material in the \meta{box} to be reversed in direction, but the
-% reference point of the \meta{box} will be unchanged.
-% Thus negative $y$-sizes will result in a box a depth dependent on the
-% height of the original box a height dependent on the depth.
-% The resizing applies within the current \TeX{} group level.
-% \end{function}
-%
-% \begin{function}
-% {\box_resize_to_ht_plus_dp:Nn, \box_resize_to_ht_plus_dp:cn}
-% \begin{syntax}
-% \cs{box_resize_to_ht_plus_dp:Nn} \meta{box} \Arg{y-size}
-% \end{syntax}
-% Resize the \meta{box} to \meta{y-size} vertically, scaling the horizontal
-% size by the same amount (\meta{y-size} is a dimension expression).
-% The \meta{y-size} is the vertical size (height plus depth) of
-% the box.
-% The updated \meta{box} will be an hbox, irrespective of the nature
-% of the \meta{box} before the resizing is applied. A negative size will
-% cause the material in the \meta{box} to be reversed in direction, but the
-% reference point of the \meta{box} will be unchanged.
-% Thus negative $y$-sizes will result in a box with depth dependent on the
-% height of the original box and height dependent on the depth of the original.
-% The resizing applies within the current \TeX{} group level.
-% \end{function}
-%
-% \begin{function}
-% {\box_resize_to_ht:Nn, \box_resize_to_ht:cn}
-% \begin{syntax}
-% \cs{box_resize_to_ht:Nn} \meta{box} \Arg{y-size}
-% \end{syntax}
-% Resize the \meta{box} to \meta{y-size} vertically, scaling the horizontal
-% size by the same amount (\meta{y-size} is a dimension expression).
-% The \meta{y-size} is the height only, not including depth, of
-% the box.
-% The updated \meta{box} will be an hbox, irrespective of the nature
-% of the \meta{box} before the resizing is applied.
-% A negative size will
-% cause the material in the \meta{box} to be reversed in direction, but the
-% reference point of the \meta{box} will be unchanged.
-% Thus negative $y$-sizes will result in a box with depth dependent on the
-% height of the original box and height dependent on the depth of the original.
-% The resizing applies within the current \TeX{} group level.
-% \end{function}
-%
-% \begin{function}{\box_resize_to_wd:Nn, \box_resize_to_wd:cn}
-% \begin{syntax}
-% \cs{box_resize_to_wd:Nn} \meta{box} \Arg{x-size}
-% \end{syntax}
-% Resize the \meta{box} to \meta{x-size} horizontally, scaling the vertical
-% size by the same amount (\meta{x-size} is a dimension expression).
-% The updated \meta{box} will be an hbox, irrespective of the nature
-% of the \meta{box} before the resizing is applied. A negative size will
-% cause the material in the \meta{box} to be reversed in direction, but the
-% reference point of the \meta{box} will be unchanged.
-% Thus negative $y$-sizes will result in a box a depth dependent on the
-% height of the original box a height dependent on the depth.
-% The resizing applies within the current \TeX{} group level.
-% \end{function}
-%
-% \begin{function}[added = 2014-07-03]
-% {\box_resize_to_wd_and_ht:Nnn, \box_resize_to_wd_and_ht:cnn}
-% \begin{syntax}
-% \cs{box_resize_to_wd_and_ht:Nnn} \meta{box} \Arg{x-size} \Arg{y-size}
-% \end{syntax}
-% Resize the \meta{box} to a \emph{height} of
-% \meta{x-size} horizontally and \meta{y-size}
-% vertically (both of the sizes are dimension expressions).
-% The \meta{y-size} is the \emph{height} of the box, ignoring any depth.
-% The updated \meta{box} will be an hbox, irrespective of the nature
-% of the \meta{box} before the resizing is applied. Negative sizes will
-% cause the material in the \meta{box} to be reversed in direction, but the
-% reference point of the \meta{box} will be unchanged.
-% \end{function}
-%
-% \begin{function}{\box_rotate:Nn, \box_rotate:cn}
-% \begin{syntax}
-% \cs{box_rotate:Nn} \meta{box} \Arg{angle}
-% \end{syntax}
-% Rotates the \meta{box} by \meta{angle} (in degrees) anti-clockwise about
-% its reference point. The reference point of the updated box will be moved
-% horizontally such that it is at the left side of the smallest rectangle
-% enclosing the rotated material.
-% The updated \meta{box} will be an hbox, irrespective of the nature
-% of the \meta{box} before the rotation is applied. The rotation applies
-% within the current \TeX{} group level.
-% \end{function}
-%
-% \begin{function}{\box_scale:Nnn, \box_scale:cnn}
-% \begin{syntax}
-% \cs{box_scale:Nnn} \meta{box} \Arg{x-scale} \Arg{y-scale}
-% \end{syntax}
-% Scales the \meta{box} by factors \meta{x-scale} and \meta{y-scale} in
-% the horizontal and vertical directions, respectively (both scales are
-% integer expressions). The updated \meta{box} will be an hbox, irrespective
-% of the nature of the \meta{box} before the scaling is applied. Negative
-% scalings will cause the material in the \meta{box} to be reversed in
-% direction, but the reference point of the \meta{box} will be unchanged.
-% Thus negative $y$-scales will result in a box a depth dependent on the
-% height of the original box a height dependent on the depth.
-% The resizing applies within the current \TeX{} group level.
-% \end{function}
-%
% \subsection{Viewing part of a box}
%
% \begin{function}{\box_clip:N, \box_clip:c}
@@ -592,6 +473,39 @@
% warning message of some sort.
% \end{function}
%
+% \section{Additions to \pkg{l3sys}}
+%
+% \begin{function}[added = 2017-04-12, EXP, pTF]{\sys_if_rand_exist:}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{sys_if_rand_exist_p:}
+% \cs{sys_if_rand_exist:TF} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Tests if the engine has a pseudo-random number generator. Currently
+% this is the case in \pdfTeX{} and \LuaTeX{}.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}[added = 2017-04-12, EXP]{\sys_rand_seed:}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{sys_rand_seed:}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Expands to the current value of the engine's random seed, a
+% non-negative integer. In engines without random number support this
+% expands to $0$.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}[added = 2017-04-12]{\sys_gset_rand_seed:n}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{sys_gset_rand_seed:n} \Arg{intexpr}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Sets the seed for the engine's pseudo-random number generator to the
+% \meta{integer expression}. The assignment is global. This random
+% seed affects all \cs[no-index]{\ldots{}_rand} functions (such as
+% \cs{int_rand:nn} or \cs{clist_rand_item:n}) as well as other
+% packages relying on the engine's random number generator. Currently
+% only the absolute value of the seed is used. In engines without
+% random number support this produces an error.
+% \end{function}
+%
% \section{Additions to \pkg{l3tl}}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\tl_if_single_token:n}
@@ -947,515 +861,6 @@
%<@@=box>
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{Affine transformations}
-%
-% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_angle_fp}
-% When rotating boxes, the angle itself may be needed by the
-% engine-dependent code. This is done using the \pkg{fp} module so
-% that the value is tidied up properly.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fp_new:N \l_@@_angle_fp
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{variable}
-%
-% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_cos_fp, \l_@@_sin_fp}
-% These are used to hold the calculated sine and cosine values while
-% carrying out a rotation.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fp_new:N \l_@@_cos_fp
-\fp_new:N \l_@@_sin_fp
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{variable}
-%
-% \begin{variable}
-% {\l_@@_top_dim, \l_@@_bottom_dim, \l_@@_left_dim, \l_@@_right_dim}
-% These are the positions of the four edges of a box before
-% manipulation.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\dim_new:N \l_@@_top_dim
-\dim_new:N \l_@@_bottom_dim
-\dim_new:N \l_@@_left_dim
-\dim_new:N \l_@@_right_dim
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{variable}
-%
-% \begin{variable}
-% {
-% \l_@@_top_new_dim, \l_@@_bottom_new_dim ,
-% \l_@@_left_new_dim, \l_@@_right_new_dim
-% }
-% These are the positions of the four edges of a box after
-% manipulation.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\dim_new:N \l_@@_top_new_dim
-\dim_new:N \l_@@_bottom_new_dim
-\dim_new:N \l_@@_left_new_dim
-\dim_new:N \l_@@_right_new_dim
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{variable}
-%
-% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_internal_box}
-% Scratch space, but also needed by some parts of the driver.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\box_new:N \l_@@_internal_box
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{variable}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\box_rotate:Nn}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_rotate:N}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_rotate_x:nnN, \@@_rotate_y:nnN}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]
-% {
-% \@@_rotate_quadrant_one:, \@@_rotate_quadrant_two:,
-% \@@_rotate_quadrant_three:, \@@_rotate_quadrant_four:
-% }
-% Rotation of a box starts with working out the relevant sine and
-% cosine. The actual rotation is in an auxiliary to keep the flow slightly
-% clearer
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \box_rotate:Nn #1#2
- {
- \hbox_set:Nn #1
- {
- \group_begin:
- \fp_set:Nn \l_@@_angle_fp {#2}
- \fp_set:Nn \l_@@_sin_fp { sind ( \l_@@_angle_fp ) }
- \fp_set:Nn \l_@@_cos_fp { cosd ( \l_@@_angle_fp ) }
- \@@_rotate:N #1
- \group_end:
- }
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The edges of the box are then recorded: the left edge will
-% always be at zero. Rotation of the four edges then takes place: this is
-% most efficiently done on a quadrant by quadrant basis.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_rotate:N #1
- {
- \dim_set:Nn \l_@@_top_dim { \box_ht:N #1 }
- \dim_set:Nn \l_@@_bottom_dim { -\box_dp:N #1 }
- \dim_set:Nn \l_@@_right_dim { \box_wd:N #1 }
- \dim_zero:N \l_@@_left_dim
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The next step is to work out the $x$ and $y$ coordinates of vertices of
-% the rotated box in relation to its original coordinates. The box can be
-% visualized with vertices $B$, $C$, $D$ and $E$ is illustrated
-% (Figure~\ref{fig:l3candidates:rotation}). The vertex $O$ is the reference point
-% on the baseline, and in this implementation is also the centre of rotation.
-% \begin{figure}
-% \centering
-% \setlength{\unitlength}{3pt}^^A
-% \begin{picture}(34,36)(12,44)
-% \thicklines
-% \put(20,52){\dashbox{1}(20,21){}}
-% \put(20,80){\line(0,-1){36}}
-% \put(12,58){\line(1, 0){34}}
-% \put(41,59){A}
-% \put(40,74){B}
-% \put(21,74){C}
-% \put(21,49){D}
-% \put(40,49){E}
-% \put(21,59){O}
-% \end{picture}
-% \caption{Co-ordinates of a box prior to rotation.}
-% \label{fig:l3candidates:rotation}
-% \end{figure}
-% The formulae are, for a point $P$ and angle $\alpha$:
-% \[
-% \begin{array}{l}
-% P'_x = P_x - O_x \\
-% P'_y = P_y - O_y \\
-% P''_x = ( P'_x \cos(\alpha)) - ( P'_y \sin(\alpha) ) \\
-% P''_y = ( P'_x \sin(\alpha)) + ( P'_y \cos(\alpha) ) \\
-% P'''_x = P''_x + O_x + L_x \\
-% P'''_y = P''_y + O_y
-% \end{array}
-% \]
-% The \enquote{extra} horizontal translation $L_x$ at the end is calculated
-% so that the leftmost point of the resulting box has $x$-coordinate $0$.
-% This is desirable as \TeX{} boxes must have the reference point at
-% the left edge of the box. (As $O$ is always $(0,0)$, this part of the
-% calculation is omitted here.)
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \fp_compare:nNnTF \l_@@_sin_fp > \c_zero_fp
- {
- \fp_compare:nNnTF \l_@@_cos_fp > \c_zero_fp
- { \@@_rotate_quadrant_one: }
- { \@@_rotate_quadrant_two: }
- }
- {
- \fp_compare:nNnTF \l_@@_cos_fp < \c_zero_fp
- { \@@_rotate_quadrant_three: }
- { \@@_rotate_quadrant_four: }
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The position of the box edges are now known, but the box at this
-% stage be misplaced relative to the current \TeX{} reference point. So the
-% content of the box is moved such that the reference point of the
-% rotated box will be in the same place as the original.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \hbox_set:Nn \l_@@_internal_box { \box_use:N #1 }
- \hbox_set:Nn \l_@@_internal_box
- {
- \tex_kern:D -\l_@@_left_new_dim
- \hbox:n
- {
- \__driver_box_use_rotate:Nn
- \l_@@_internal_box
- \l_@@_angle_fp
- }
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Tidy up the size of the box so that the material is actually inside
-% the bounding box. The result can then be used to reset the original
-% box.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \box_set_ht:Nn \l_@@_internal_box { \l_@@_top_new_dim }
- \box_set_dp:Nn \l_@@_internal_box { -\l_@@_bottom_new_dim }
- \box_set_wd:Nn \l_@@_internal_box
- { \l_@@_right_new_dim - \l_@@_left_new_dim }
- \box_use:N \l_@@_internal_box
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% These functions take a general point $(|#1|, |#2|)$ and rotate its
-% location about the origin, using the previously-set sine and cosine
-% values. Each function gives only one component of the location of the
-% updated point. This is because for rotation of a box each step needs
-% only one value, and so performance is gained by avoiding working
-% out both $x'$ and $y'$ at the same time. Contrast this with
-% the equivalent function in the \pkg{l3coffins} module, where both parts
-% are needed.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_rotate_x:nnN #1#2#3
- {
- \dim_set:Nn #3
- {
- \fp_to_dim:n
- {
- \l_@@_cos_fp * \dim_to_fp:n {#1}
- - \l_@@_sin_fp * \dim_to_fp:n {#2}
- }
- }
- }
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_rotate_y:nnN #1#2#3
- {
- \dim_set:Nn #3
- {
- \fp_to_dim:n
- {
- \l_@@_sin_fp * \dim_to_fp:n {#1}
- + \l_@@_cos_fp * \dim_to_fp:n {#2}
- }
- }
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Rotation of the edges is done using a different formula for each
-% quadrant. In every case, the top and bottom edges only need the
-% resulting $y$-values, whereas the left and right edges need the
-% $x$-values. Each case is a question of picking out which corner
-% ends up at with the maximum top, bottom, left and right value. Doing
-% this by hand means a lot less calculating and avoids lots of
-% comparisons.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_rotate_quadrant_one:
- {
- \@@_rotate_y:nnN \l_@@_right_dim \l_@@_top_dim
- \l_@@_top_new_dim
- \@@_rotate_y:nnN \l_@@_left_dim \l_@@_bottom_dim
- \l_@@_bottom_new_dim
- \@@_rotate_x:nnN \l_@@_left_dim \l_@@_top_dim
- \l_@@_left_new_dim
- \@@_rotate_x:nnN \l_@@_right_dim \l_@@_bottom_dim
- \l_@@_right_new_dim
- }
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_rotate_quadrant_two:
- {
- \@@_rotate_y:nnN \l_@@_right_dim \l_@@_bottom_dim
- \l_@@_top_new_dim
- \@@_rotate_y:nnN \l_@@_left_dim \l_@@_top_dim
- \l_@@_bottom_new_dim
- \@@_rotate_x:nnN \l_@@_right_dim \l_@@_top_dim
- \l_@@_left_new_dim
- \@@_rotate_x:nnN \l_@@_left_dim \l_@@_bottom_dim
- \l_@@_right_new_dim
- }
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_rotate_quadrant_three:
- {
- \@@_rotate_y:nnN \l_@@_left_dim \l_@@_bottom_dim
- \l_@@_top_new_dim
- \@@_rotate_y:nnN \l_@@_right_dim \l_@@_top_dim
- \l_@@_bottom_new_dim
- \@@_rotate_x:nnN \l_@@_right_dim \l_@@_bottom_dim
- \l_@@_left_new_dim
- \@@_rotate_x:nnN \l_@@_left_dim \l_@@_top_dim
- \l_@@_right_new_dim
- }
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_rotate_quadrant_four:
- {
- \@@_rotate_y:nnN \l_@@_left_dim \l_@@_top_dim
- \l_@@_top_new_dim
- \@@_rotate_y:nnN \l_@@_right_dim \l_@@_bottom_dim
- \l_@@_bottom_new_dim
- \@@_rotate_x:nnN \l_@@_left_dim \l_@@_bottom_dim
- \l_@@_left_new_dim
- \@@_rotate_x:nnN \l_@@_right_dim \l_@@_top_dim
- \l_@@_right_new_dim
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_scale_x_fp, \l_@@_scale_y_fp}
-% Scaling is potentially-different in the two axes.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fp_new:N \l_@@_scale_x_fp
-\fp_new:N \l_@@_scale_y_fp
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{variable}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\box_resize:Nnn, \box_resize:cnn}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_resize_set_corners:N}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_resize:N}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_resize:NNN}
-% Resizing a box starts by working out the various dimensions of the
-% existing box.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \box_resize:Nnn #1#2#3
- {
- \hbox_set:Nn #1
- {
- \group_begin:
- \@@_resize_set_corners:N #1
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The $x$-scaling and resulting box size is easy enough to work
-% out: the dimension is that given as |#2|, and the scale is simply the
-% new width divided by the old one.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \fp_set:Nn \l_@@_scale_x_fp
- { \dim_to_fp:n {#2} / \dim_to_fp:n { \l_@@_right_dim } }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The $y$-scaling needs both the height and the depth of the current box.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \fp_set:Nn \l_@@_scale_y_fp
- {
- \dim_to_fp:n {#3}
- / \dim_to_fp:n { \l_@@_top_dim - \l_@@_bottom_dim }
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Hand off to the auxiliary which does the rest of the work.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \@@_resize:N #1
- \group_end:
- }
- }
-\cs_generate_variant:Nn \box_resize:Nnn { c }
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_resize_set_corners:N #1
- {
- \dim_set:Nn \l_@@_top_dim { \box_ht:N #1 }
- \dim_set:Nn \l_@@_bottom_dim { -\box_dp:N #1 }
- \dim_set:Nn \l_@@_right_dim { \box_wd:N #1 }
- \dim_zero:N \l_@@_left_dim
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% With at least one real scaling to do, the next phase is to find the new
-% edge co-ordinates. In the $x$~direction this is relatively easy: just
-% scale the right edge. In the $y$~direction, both dimensions have to be
-% scaled, and this again needs the absolute scale value.
-% Once that is all done, the common resize/rescale code can be employed.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_resize:N #1
- {
- \@@_resize:NNN \l_@@_right_new_dim
- \l_@@_scale_x_fp \l_@@_right_dim
- \@@_resize:NNN \l_@@_bottom_new_dim
- \l_@@_scale_y_fp \l_@@_bottom_dim
- \@@_resize:NNN \l_@@_top_new_dim
- \l_@@_scale_y_fp \l_@@_top_dim
- \@@_resize_common:N #1
- }
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_resize:NNN #1#2#3
- {
- \dim_set:Nn #1
- { \fp_to_dim:n { \fp_abs:n { #2 } * \dim_to_fp:n { #3 } } }
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\box_resize_to_ht:Nn, \box_resize_to_ht:cn}
-% \begin{macro}{\box_resize_to_ht_plus_dp:Nn, \box_resize_to_ht_plus_dp:cn}
-% \begin{macro}{\box_resize_to_wd:Nn, \box_resize_to_wd:cn}
-% \begin{macro}{\box_resize_to_wd_and_ht:Nnn, \box_resize_to_wd_and_ht:cnn}
-% Scaling to a (total) height or to a width is a simplified version of the main
-% resizing operation, with the scale simply copied between the two parts. The
-% internal auxiliary is called using the scaling value twice, as the sign for
-% both parts is needed (as this allows the same internal code to be used as
-% for the general case).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \box_resize_to_ht:Nn #1#2
- {
- \hbox_set:Nn #1
- {
- \group_begin:
- \@@_resize_set_corners:N #1
- \fp_set:Nn \l_@@_scale_y_fp
- {
- \dim_to_fp:n {#2}
- / \dim_to_fp:n { \l_@@_top_dim }
- }
- \fp_set_eq:NN \l_@@_scale_x_fp \l_@@_scale_y_fp
- \@@_resize:N #1
- \group_end:
- }
- }
-\cs_generate_variant:Nn \box_resize_to_ht:Nn { c }
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \box_resize_to_ht_plus_dp:Nn #1#2
- {
- \hbox_set:Nn #1
- {
- \group_begin:
- \@@_resize_set_corners:N #1
- \fp_set:Nn \l_@@_scale_y_fp
- {
- \dim_to_fp:n {#2}
- / \dim_to_fp:n { \l_@@_top_dim - \l_@@_bottom_dim }
- }
- \fp_set_eq:NN \l_@@_scale_x_fp \l_@@_scale_y_fp
- \@@_resize:N #1
- \group_end:
- }
- }
-\cs_generate_variant:Nn \box_resize_to_ht_plus_dp:Nn { c }
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \box_resize_to_wd:Nn #1#2
- {
- \hbox_set:Nn #1
- {
- \group_begin:
- \@@_resize_set_corners:N #1
- \fp_set:Nn \l_@@_scale_x_fp
- { \dim_to_fp:n {#2} / \dim_to_fp:n { \l_@@_right_dim } }
- \fp_set_eq:NN \l_@@_scale_y_fp \l_@@_scale_x_fp
- \@@_resize:N #1
- \group_end:
- }
- }
-\cs_generate_variant:Nn \box_resize_to_wd:Nn { c }
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \box_resize_to_wd_and_ht:Nnn #1#2#3
- {
- \hbox_set:Nn #1
- {
- \group_begin:
- \@@_resize_set_corners:N #1
- \fp_set:Nn \l_@@_scale_x_fp
- { \dim_to_fp:n {#2} / \dim_to_fp:n { \l_@@_right_dim } }
- \fp_set:Nn \l_@@_scale_y_fp
- {
- \dim_to_fp:n {#3}
- / \dim_to_fp:n { \l_@@_top_dim }
- }
- \@@_resize:N #1
- \group_end:
- }
- }
-\cs_generate_variant:Nn \box_resize_to_wd_and_ht:Nnn { c }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\box_scale:Nnn, \box_scale:cnn}
-% When scaling a box, setting the scaling itself is easy enough. The
-% new dimensions are also relatively easy to find, allowing only for
-% the need to keep them positive in all cases. Once that is done then
-% after a check for the trivial scaling a hand-off can be made to the
-% common code. The dimension scaling operations are carried out using
-% the \TeX{} mechanism as it avoids needing to use too many \texttt{fp}
-% operations.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \box_scale:Nnn #1#2#3
- {
- \hbox_set:Nn #1
- {
- \group_begin:
- \fp_set:Nn \l_@@_scale_x_fp {#2}
- \fp_set:Nn \l_@@_scale_y_fp {#3}
- \dim_set:Nn \l_@@_top_dim { \box_ht:N #1 }
- \dim_set:Nn \l_@@_bottom_dim { -\box_dp:N #1 }
- \dim_set:Nn \l_@@_right_dim { \box_wd:N #1 }
- \dim_zero:N \l_@@_left_dim
- \dim_set:Nn \l_@@_top_new_dim
- { \fp_abs:n { \l_@@_scale_y_fp } \l_@@_top_dim }
- \dim_set:Nn \l_@@_bottom_new_dim
- { \fp_abs:n { \l_@@_scale_y_fp } \l_@@_bottom_dim }
- \dim_set:Nn \l_@@_right_new_dim
- { \fp_abs:n { \l_@@_scale_x_fp } \l_@@_right_dim }
- \@@_resize_common:N #1
- \group_end:
- }
- }
-\cs_generate_variant:Nn \box_scale:Nnn { c }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_resize_common:N}
-% The main resize function places in input into a box which will start
-% of with zero width, and includes the handles for engine rescaling.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_resize_common:N #1
- {
- \hbox_set:Nn \l_@@_internal_box
- {
- \__driver_box_use_scale:Nnn
- #1
- \l_@@_scale_x_fp
- \l_@@_scale_y_fp
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The new height and depth can be applied directly.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \fp_compare:nNnTF \l_@@_scale_y_fp > \c_zero_fp
- {
- \box_set_ht:Nn \l_@@_internal_box { \l_@@_top_new_dim }
- \box_set_dp:Nn \l_@@_internal_box { -\l_@@_bottom_new_dim }
- }
- {
- \box_set_dp:Nn \l_@@_internal_box { \l_@@_top_new_dim }
- \box_set_ht:Nn \l_@@_internal_box { -\l_@@_bottom_new_dim }
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Things are not quite as obvious for the width, as the reference point
-% needs to remain unchanged. For positive scaling factors resizing the
-% box is all that is needed. However, for case of a negative scaling
-% the material must be shifted such that the reference point ends up in
-% the right place.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \fp_compare:nNnTF \l_@@_scale_x_fp < \c_zero_fp
- {
- \hbox_to_wd:nn { \l_@@_right_new_dim }
- {
- \tex_kern:D \l_@@_right_new_dim
- \box_use:N \l_@@_internal_box
- \tex_hss:D
- }
- }
- {
- \box_set_wd:Nn \l_@@_internal_box { \l_@@_right_new_dim }
- \hbox:n
- {
- \tex_kern:D \c_zero_dim
- \box_use:N \l_@@_internal_box
- \tex_hss:D
- }
- }
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
% \subsection{Viewing part of a box}
%
% \begin{macro}{\box_clip:N, \box_clip:c}
@@ -1960,7 +1365,7 @@
\dim_to_fp:n {#3}
/ \dim_to_fp:n { \coffin_ht:N #1 + \coffin_dp:N #1 }
}
- \box_resize:Nnn #1 {#2} {#3}
+ \box_resize_to_wd_and_ht_plus_dp:Nnn #1 {#2} {#3}
\@@_resize_common:Nnn #1 {#2} {#3}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \coffin_resize:Nnn { c }
@@ -2142,8 +1547,8 @@
% Mapping to an input stream can be done on either a token or a string
% basis, hence the set up. Within that, there is a check to avoid reading
% past the end of a file, hence the two applications of \cs{ior_if_eof:N}.
-% This mapping cannot be nested as the stream has only one \enquote{current
-% line}.
+% This mapping cannot be nested with twice the same stream, as the
+% stream has only one \enquote{current line}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \ior_map_inline:Nn
{ \@@_map_inline:NNn \ior_get:NN }
@@ -2157,7 +1562,7 @@
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_map_inline:NNNn #1#2#3#4
{
- \cs_set:Npn #1 ##1 {#4}
+ \cs_gset_protected:Npn #1 ##1 {#4}
\ior_if_eof:NF #3 { \@@_map_inline_loop:NNN #1#2#3 }
\__prg_break_point:Nn \ior_map_break:
{ \int_gdecr:N \g__prg_map_int }
@@ -2567,9 +1972,41 @@
}
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Additions to \pkg{l3sys}}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[EXP, pTF]{\sys_if_rand_exist:}
+% Currently, randomness exists under \pdfTeX{} and \LuaTeX{}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_if_exist:NTF \pdftex_uniformdeviate:D
+ {
+ \prg_new_conditional:Npnn \sys_if_rand_exist: { p , T , F , TF }
+ { \prg_return_true: }
+ }
+ {
+ \prg_new_conditional:Npnn \sys_if_rand_exist: { p , T , F , TF }
+ { \prg_return_false: }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \subsection{Additions to \pkg{l3tl}}
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\sys_rand_seed:}
+% Unpack the primitive.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \sys_rand_seed: { \tex_the:D \pdftex_randomseed:D }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\sys_gset_rand_seed:n}
+% The primitive always assigns the seed globally.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \sys_gset_rand_seed:n #1
+ { \pdftex_setrandomseed:D \__int_eval:w #1 \__int_eval_end: }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Additions to \pkg{l3tl}}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
%<@@=tl>
@@ -3697,10 +3134,9 @@
% octets, so that is taken as read.
% \begin{macrocode}
\group_begin:
- \bool_if:nT
- {
- \sys_if_engine_pdftex_p: || \sys_if_engine_uptex_p:
- }
+ \bool_lazy_or:nnT
+ { \sys_if_engine_pdftex_p: }
+ { \sys_if_engine_uptex_p: }
{
\cs_set_protected:Npn \@@_loop:nn #1#2
{
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3clist.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3clist.dtx
index dd0ba51b688..4876e488bd3 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3clist.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3clist.dtx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -1553,7 +1553,8 @@
\clist_if_empty:NF #1
{
\int_gincr:N \g__prg_map_int
- \cs_gset:cpn { __prg_map_ \int_use:N \g__prg_map_int :w } ##1 {#2}
+ \cs_gset_protected:cpn
+ { __prg_map_ \int_use:N \g__prg_map_int :w } ##1 {#2}
\exp_last_unbraced:Nco \@@_map_function:Nw
{ __prg_map_ \int_use:N \g__prg_map_int :w }
#1 , \q_recursion_tail ,
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3coffins.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3coffins.dtx
index 278bbf199b5..1bc70605f7b 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3coffins.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3coffins.dtx
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -359,10 +359,10 @@
% place, of course.
% \begin{macrocode}
\prop_new:N \c_@@_corners_prop
-\prop_put:Nnn \c_@@_corners_prop { tl } { { 0 pt } { 0 pt } }
-\prop_put:Nnn \c_@@_corners_prop { tr } { { 0 pt } { 0 pt } }
-\prop_put:Nnn \c_@@_corners_prop { bl } { { 0 pt } { 0 pt } }
-\prop_put:Nnn \c_@@_corners_prop { br } { { 0 pt } { 0 pt } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \c_@@_corners_prop { tl } { { 0pt } { 0pt } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \c_@@_corners_prop { tr } { { 0pt } { 0pt } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \c_@@_corners_prop { bl } { { 0pt } { 0pt } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \c_@@_corners_prop { br } { { 0pt } { 0pt } }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{variable}
%
@@ -371,11 +371,11 @@
% based values.
% \begin{macrocode}
\prop_new:N \c_@@_poles_prop
-\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_internal_tl { { 0 pt } { 0 pt } { 0 pt } { 1000 pt } }
+\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_internal_tl { { 0pt } { 0pt } { 0pt } { 1000pt } }
\prop_put:Nno \c_@@_poles_prop { l } { \l_@@_internal_tl }
\prop_put:Nno \c_@@_poles_prop { hc } { \l_@@_internal_tl }
\prop_put:Nno \c_@@_poles_prop { r } { \l_@@_internal_tl }
-\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_internal_tl { { 0 pt } { 0 pt } { 1000 pt } { 0 pt } }
+\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_internal_tl { { 0pt } { 0pt } { 1000pt } { 0pt } }
\prop_put:Nno \c_@@_poles_prop { b } { \l_@@_internal_tl }
\prop_put:Nno \c_@@_poles_prop { vc } { \l_@@_internal_tl }
\prop_put:Nno \c_@@_poles_prop { t } { \l_@@_internal_tl }
@@ -535,10 +535,8 @@
{
\hbox_set:Nn #1
{
- \color_group_begin:
- \color_ensure_current:
- #2
- \color_group_end:
+ \color_ensure_current:
+ #2
}
\@@_reset_structure:N #1
\@@_update_poles:N #1
@@ -569,9 +567,7 @@
\dim_set_eq:NN \linewidth \tex_hsize:D
\dim_set_eq:NN \columnwidth \tex_hsize:D
%</package>
- \color_group_begin:
- #3
- \color_group_end:
+ #3
}
\@@_reset_structure:N #1
\@@_update_poles:N #1
@@ -579,13 +575,13 @@
\vbox_set_top:Nn \l_@@_internal_box { \vbox_unpack:N #1 }
\@@_set_pole:Nnx #1 { T }
{
- { 0 pt }
+ { 0pt }
{
\dim_eval:n
{ \box_ht:N #1 - \box_ht:N \l_@@_internal_box }
}
- { 1000 pt }
- { 0 pt }
+ { 1000pt }
+ { 0pt }
}
\box_clear:N \l_@@_internal_box
}
@@ -603,10 +599,9 @@
{
\@@_if_exist:NT #1
{
- \hbox_set:Nw #1 \color_group_begin: \color_ensure_current:
+ \hbox_set:Nw #1 \color_ensure_current:
\cs_set_protected:Npn \hcoffin_set_end:
{
- \color_group_end:
\hbox_set_end:
\@@_reset_structure:N #1
\@@_update_poles:N #1
@@ -634,10 +629,8 @@
\dim_set_eq:NN \linewidth \tex_hsize:D
\dim_set_eq:NN \columnwidth \tex_hsize:D
%</package>
- \color_group_begin:
\cs_set_protected:Npn \vcoffin_set_end:
{
- \color_group_end:
\vbox_set_end:
\@@_reset_structure:N #1
\@@_update_poles:N #1
@@ -645,13 +638,13 @@
\vbox_set_top:Nn \l_@@_internal_box { \vbox_unpack:N #1 }
\@@_set_pole:Nnx #1 { T }
{
- { 0 pt }
+ { 0pt }
{
\dim_eval:n
{ \box_ht:N #1 - \box_ht:N \l_@@_internal_box }
}
- { 1000 pt }
- { 0 pt }
+ { 1000pt }
+ { 0pt }
}
\box_clear:N \l_@@_internal_box
}
@@ -738,7 +731,7 @@
{
\__msg_kernel_error:nnxx { kernel } { unknown-coffin-pole }
{#2} { \token_to_str:N #1 }
- \tl_set:Nn #3 { { 0 pt } { 0 pt } { 0 pt } { 0 pt } }
+ \tl_set:Nn #3 { { 0pt } { 0pt } { 0pt } { 0pt } }
}
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -793,8 +786,8 @@
{
\@@_set_pole:Nnx #1 {#2}
{
- { 0 pt } { \dim_eval:n {#3} }
- { 1000 pt } { 0 pt }
+ { 0pt } { \dim_eval:n {#3} }
+ { 1000pt } { 0pt }
}
}
}
@@ -804,8 +797,8 @@
{
\@@_set_pole:Nnx #1 {#2}
{
- { \dim_eval:n {#3} } { 0 pt }
- { 0 pt } { 1000 pt }
+ { \dim_eval:n {#3} } { 0pt }
+ { 0pt } { 1000pt }
}
}
}
@@ -827,11 +820,11 @@
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_update_corners:N #1
{
\prop_put:cnx { l_@@_corners_ \__int_value:w #1 _prop } { tl }
- { { 0 pt } { \dim_eval:n { \box_ht:N #1 } } }
+ { { 0pt } { \dim_eval:n { \box_ht:N #1 } } }
\prop_put:cnx { l_@@_corners_ \__int_value:w #1 _prop } { tr }
{ { \dim_eval:n { \box_wd:N #1 } } { \dim_eval:n { \box_ht:N #1 } } }
\prop_put:cnx { l_@@_corners_ \__int_value:w #1 _prop } { bl }
- { { 0 pt } { \dim_eval:n { - \box_dp:N #1 } } }
+ { { 0pt } { \dim_eval:n { -\box_dp:N #1 } } }
\prop_put:cnx { l_@@_corners_ \__int_value:w #1 _prop } { br }
{ { \dim_eval:n { \box_wd:N #1 } } { \dim_eval:n { -\box_dp:N #1 } } }
}
@@ -850,33 +843,33 @@
\prop_put:cnx { l_@@_poles_ \__int_value:w #1 _prop } { hc }
{
{ \dim_eval:n { 0.5 \box_wd:N #1 } }
- { 0 pt } { 0 pt } { 1000 pt }
+ { 0pt } { 0pt } { 1000pt }
}
\prop_put:cnx { l_@@_poles_ \__int_value:w #1 _prop } { r }
{
{ \dim_eval:n { \box_wd:N #1 } }
- { 0 pt } { 0 pt } { 1000 pt }
+ { 0pt } { 0pt } { 1000pt }
}
\prop_put:cnx { l_@@_poles_ \__int_value:w #1 _prop } { vc }
{
- { 0 pt }
+ { 0pt }
{ \dim_eval:n { ( \box_ht:N #1 - \box_dp:N #1 ) / 2 } }
- { 1000 pt }
- { 0 pt }
+ { 1000pt }
+ { 0pt }
}
\prop_put:cnx { l_@@_poles_ \__int_value:w #1 _prop } { t }
{
- { 0 pt }
+ { 0pt }
{ \dim_eval:n { \box_ht:N #1 } }
- { 1000 pt }
- { 0 pt }
+ { 1000pt }
+ { 0pt }
}
\prop_put:cnx { l_@@_poles_ \__int_value:w #1 _prop } { b }
{
- { 0 pt }
- { \dim_eval:n { - \box_dp:N #1 } }
- { 1000 pt }
- { 0 pt }
+ { 0pt }
+ { \dim_eval:n { -\box_dp:N #1 } }
+ { 1000pt }
+ { 0pt }
}
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1116,9 +1109,9 @@
% those from the two parent coffins are needed.
% \begin{macrocode}
\@@_reset_structure:N \l_@@_aligned_coffin
- \prop_clear:c
- { l_@@_corners_ \__int_value:w \l_@@_aligned_coffin _ prop }
- \@@_update_poles:N \l_@@_aligned_coffin
+ \prop_clear:c
+ { l_@@_corners_ \__int_value:w \l_@@_aligned_coffin _ prop }
+ \@@_update_poles:N \l_@@_aligned_coffin
% \end{macrocode}
% The structures of the parent coffins are now transferred to the new
% coffin, which requires that the appropriate offsets are applied. That
@@ -1126,16 +1119,16 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\dim_compare:nNnTF \l_@@_offset_x_dim < \c_zero_dim
{
- \@@_offset_poles:Nnn #1 { -\l_@@_offset_x_dim } { 0 pt }
- \@@_offset_poles:Nnn #4 { 0 pt } { \l_@@_offset_y_dim }
- \@@_offset_corners:Nnn #1 { -\l_@@_offset_x_dim } { 0 pt }
- \@@_offset_corners:Nnn #4 { 0 pt } { \l_@@_offset_y_dim }
+ \@@_offset_poles:Nnn #1 { -\l_@@_offset_x_dim } { 0pt }
+ \@@_offset_poles:Nnn #4 { 0pt } { \l_@@_offset_y_dim }
+ \@@_offset_corners:Nnn #1 { -\l_@@_offset_x_dim } { 0pt }
+ \@@_offset_corners:Nnn #4 { 0pt } { \l_@@_offset_y_dim }
}
{
- \@@_offset_poles:Nnn #1 { 0 pt } { 0 pt }
+ \@@_offset_poles:Nnn #1 { 0pt } { 0pt }
\@@_offset_poles:Nnn #4
{ \l_@@_offset_x_dim } { \l_@@_offset_y_dim }
- \@@_offset_corners:Nnn #1 { 0 pt } { 0 pt }
+ \@@_offset_corners:Nnn #1 { 0pt } { 0pt }
\@@_offset_corners:Nnn #4
{ \l_@@_offset_x_dim } { \l_@@_offset_y_dim }
}
@@ -1170,7 +1163,7 @@
{ l_@@_corners_ \__int_value:w \l_@@_aligned_coffin _prop }
{ l_@@_corners_ \__int_value:w #1 _prop }
\@@_update_poles:N \l_@@_aligned_coffin
- \@@_offset_poles:Nnn #1 { 0 pt } { 0 pt }
+ \@@_offset_poles:Nnn #1 { 0pt } { 0pt }
\@@_offset_poles:Nnn #4
{ \l_@@_offset_x_dim } { \l_@@_offset_y_dim }
\@@_update_vertical_poles:NNN #1 #4 \l_@@_aligned_coffin
@@ -1307,11 +1300,11 @@
\dim_compare:nNnTF {#2} < {#6}
{
\@@_set_pole:Nnx #9 { T }
- { { 0 pt } {#6} { 1000 pt } { 0 pt } }
+ { { 0pt } {#6} { 1000pt } { 0pt } }
}
{
\@@_set_pole:Nnx #9 { T }
- { { 0 pt } {#2} { 1000 pt } { 0 pt } }
+ { { 0pt } {#2} { 1000pt } { 0pt } }
}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_update_B:nnnnnnnnN #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9
@@ -1319,11 +1312,11 @@
\dim_compare:nNnTF {#2} < {#6}
{
\@@_set_pole:Nnx #9 { B }
- { { 0 pt } {#2} { 1000 pt } { 0 pt } }
+ { { 0pt } {#2} { 1000pt } { 0pt } }
}
{
\@@_set_pole:Nnx #9 { B }
- { { 0 pt } {#6} { 1000 pt } { 0 pt } }
+ { { 0pt } {#6} { 1000pt } { 0pt } }
}
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1412,7 +1405,7 @@
% displaying handles.
% \begin{macrocode}
\dim_new:N \l_@@_display_offset_dim
-\dim_set:Nn \l_@@_display_offset_dim { 2 pt }
+\dim_set:Nn \l_@@_display_offset_dim { 2pt }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{variable}
%
@@ -1463,15 +1456,15 @@
\hcoffin_set:Nn \l_@@_display_pole_coffin
{
%<*initex>
- \hbox:n { \tex_vrule:D width 1 pt height 1 pt \scan_stop: } % TODO
+ \hbox:n { \tex_vrule:D width 1pt height 1pt \scan_stop: } % TODO
%</initex>
%<*package>
\color {#4}
- \rule { 1 pt } { 1 pt }
+ \rule { 1pt } { 1pt }
%</package>
}
\coffin_attach_mark:NnnNnnnn #1 {#2} {#3}
- \l_@@_display_pole_coffin { hc } { vc } { 0 pt } { 0 pt }
+ \l_@@_display_pole_coffin { hc } { vc } { 0pt } { 0pt }
\hcoffin_set:Nn \l_@@_display_coord_coffin
{
%<*initex>
@@ -1493,7 +1486,7 @@
{
\coffin_attach_mark:NnnNnnnn #1 {#2} {#3}
\l_@@_display_coord_coffin { l } { vc }
- { 1 pt } { 0 pt }
+ { 1pt } { 0pt }
}
{
\exp_last_unbraced:No \@@_mark_handle_aux:nnnnNnn
@@ -1532,11 +1525,11 @@
\hcoffin_set:Nn \l_@@_display_pole_coffin
{
%<*initex>
- \hbox:n { \tex_vrule:D width 1 pt height 1 pt \scan_stop: } % TODO
+ \hbox:n { \tex_vrule:D width 1pt height 1pt \scan_stop: } % TODO
%</initex>
%<*package>
\color {#2}
- \rule { 1 pt } { 1 pt }
+ \rule { 1pt } { 1pt }
%</package>
}
\prop_set_eq:Nc \l_@@_display_poles_prop
@@ -1574,7 +1567,7 @@
\dim_set:Nn \l_@@_display_y_dim { \l_@@_y_dim }
\@@_display_attach:Nnnnn
\l_@@_display_pole_coffin { hc } { vc }
- { 0 pt } { 0 pt }
+ { 0pt } { 0pt }
\hcoffin_set:Nn \l_@@_display_coord_coffin
{
%<*initex>
@@ -1596,7 +1589,7 @@
{
\@@_display_attach:Nnnnn
\l_@@_display_coord_coffin { l } { vc }
- { 1 pt } { 0 pt }
+ { 1pt } { 0pt }
}
{
\exp_last_unbraced:No
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3color.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3color.dtx
index e6631c63283..72bca5f43db 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3color.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3color.dtx
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
\cs_new_eq:NN \color_group_begin: \group_begin:
\cs_new_protected:Npn \color_group_end:
{
- \tex_par:D
+ \par
\group_end:
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -104,33 +104,8 @@
% A driver-independent wrapper for setting the foreground color to the
% current color \enquote{now}.
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*initex>
\cs_new_protected:Npn \color_ensure_current:
{ \__driver_color_ensure_current: }
-%</initex>
-% \end{macrocode}
-% In package mode, the driver code may not be loaded. To keep down
-% dependencies, if there is no driver code available and no \cs{set@color}
-% then color is not in use and this function can be a no-op.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*package>
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \color_ensure_current: { }
-\AtBeginDocument
- {
- \cs_if_exist:NTF \__driver_color_ensure_current:
- {
- \cs_set_protected:Npn \color_ensure_current:
- { \__driver_color_ensure_current: }
- }
- {
- \cs_if_exist:NT \set@color
- {
- \cs_set_protected:Npn \color_ensure_current:
- { \set@color }
- }
- }
- }
-%</package>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3deprecation.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3deprecation.dtx
index 1f8c208d618..d1eaba62294 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3deprecation.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3deprecation.dtx
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -140,6 +140,8 @@
\@@_error:Nnn \tl_to_lowercase:n { } { 2017-12-31 }
\@@_error:Nnn \tl_to_uppercase:n { } { 2017-12-31 }
\@@_error:Nnn \ior_get_str:NN { \ior_str_get:NN } { 2017-12-31 }
+ \@@_error:Nnn \box_resize:Nnn { \box_resize_to_wd_and_ht_plus_dp:Nnn } { 2018-12-31 }
+ \@@_error:Nnn \box_resize:cnn { \box_resize_to_wd_and_ht_plus_dp:cnn } { 2018-12-31 }
\@@_error:Nnn \c_minus_one { - 1 } { 2018-12-31 }
\@@_error:Nnn \sort_ordered: { \sort_return_same: } { 2018-12-31 }
\@@_error:Nnn \sort_reversed: { \sort_return_swapped: } { 2018-12-31 }
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3doc.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3doc.dtx
index 464320e84a1..516925b3e4a 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3doc.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3doc.dtx
@@ -70,14 +70,14 @@ and all files in that bundle must be distributed together.
% This isn't included in the typeset documentation because it's a bit
% ugly:
%<*class>
-\ProvidesExplClass{l3doc}{2017/04/01}{}
+\ProvidesExplClass{l3doc}{2017/05/13}{}
{L3 Experimental documentation class}
%</class>
% \fi
%
% \title{The \cls{l3doc} class}
% \author{\Team}
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
% \maketitle
% \tableofcontents
%
@@ -2254,7 +2254,7 @@ and all files in that bundle must be distributed together.
\clist_clear:N \l_@@_function_label_clist
\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_override_module_tl { \q_no_value }
\char_set_catcode_active:N \<
- \cs_set_protected:Npn < ##1 > { \meta {##1} }
+ \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn < ##1 > { \meta {##1} }
}
\group_end:
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -4370,5 +4370,3 @@ page_precedence "rnaA"
% \end{implementation}
%
% \PrintIndex
-%
-% \endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3docstrip.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3docstrip.dtx
index dbcc32eac12..4f8ec457518 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3docstrip.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3docstrip.dtx
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3drivers.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3drivers.dtx
index 94f7d3ccd03..9584a9aa624 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3drivers.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3drivers.dtx
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -64,8 +64,8 @@
% \item \texttt{dvipdfmx}: The \texttt{dvipdfmx} program, which works in
% conjugation with \pdfTeX{} or \LuaTeX{} in DVI mode.
% \item \texttt{dvisvgm}: The \texttt{dvisvgm} program, which works in
-% conjugation with \pdfTeX{} or \LuaTeX{} in DVI mode to create SVG
-% output.
+% conjugation with \pdfTeX{} or \LuaTeX{} when run in DVI mode as well
+% as with (u)p\TeX{} and \XeTeX{}.
% \item \texttt{xdvipdfmx}: The driver used by \XeTeX{}.
% \end{itemize}
%
@@ -551,6 +551,93 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \subsubsection{Box operations}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_box_use_clip:N}
+% The general method is to save the current location, define a clipping path
+% equivalent to the bounding box, then insert the content at the current
+% position and in a zero width box. The \enquote{real} width is then made up
+% using a horizontal skip before tidying up. There are other approaches that
+% can be taken (for example using XForm objects), but the logic here shares
+% as much code as possible and uses the same conversions (and so same
+% rounding errors) in all cases.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_box_use_clip:N #1
+ {
+ \@@_scope_begin:
+ \@@_literal:n
+ {
+ 0~
+ \dim_to_decimal_in_bp:n { -\box_dp:N #1 } ~
+ \dim_to_decimal_in_bp:n { \box_wd:N #1 } ~
+ \dim_to_decimal_in_bp:n { \box_ht:N #1 + \box_dp:N #1 } ~
+ re~W~n
+ }
+ \hbox_overlap_right:n { \box_use:N #1 }
+ \@@_scope_end:
+ \skip_horizontal:n { \box_wd:N #1 }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_box_use_rotate:Nn}
+% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_cos_fp, \l_@@_sin_fp}
+% Rotations are set using an affine transformation matrix which therefore
+% requires sine/cosine values not the angle itself. We store the rounded
+% values to avoid rounding twice. There are also a couple of comparisons to
+% ensure that |-0| is not written to the output, as this avoids any issues
+% with problematic display programs. Note that numbers are compared to~$0$
+% after rounding.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_box_use_rotate:Nn #1#2
+ {
+ \@@_scope_begin:
+ \box_set_wd:Nn #1 \c_zero_dim
+ \fp_set:Nn \l_@@_cos_fp { round ( cosd ( #2 ) , 5 ) }
+ \fp_compare:nNnT \l_@@_cos_fp = \c_zero_fp
+ { \fp_zero:N \l_@@_cos_fp }
+ \fp_set:Nn \l_@@_sin_fp { round ( sind ( #2 ) , 5 ) }
+ \@@_matrix:n
+ {
+ \fp_use:N \l_@@_cos_fp \c_space_tl
+ \fp_compare:nNnTF \l_@@_sin_fp = \c_zero_fp
+ { 0~0 }
+ {
+ \fp_use:N \l_@@_sin_fp
+ \c_space_tl
+ \fp_eval:n { -\l_@@_sin_fp }
+ }
+ \c_space_tl
+ \fp_use:N \l_@@_cos_fp
+ }
+ \box_use:N #1
+ \@@_scope_end:
+ }
+\fp_new:N \l_@@_cos_fp
+\fp_new:N \l_@@_sin_fp
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_box_use_scale:Nnn}
+% The same idea as for rotation but without the complexity of signs and
+% cosines.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_box_use_scale:Nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \@@_scope_begin:
+ \@@_matrix:n
+ {
+ \fp_eval:n { round ( #2 , 5 ) } ~
+ 0~0~
+ \fp_eval:n { round ( #3 , 5 ) }
+ }
+ \hbox_overlap_right:n { \box_use:N #1 }
+ \@@_scope_end:
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \subsubsection{Color}
%
% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_current_color_tl}
@@ -623,7 +710,9 @@
%
% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_literal:n}
% Equivalent to \texttt{pdf:content} but favored as the link to
-% the \pdfTeX{} primitive approach is clearer.
+% the \pdfTeX{} primitive approach is clearer. Some higher-level operations
+% use |\tex_special:D| directly: see the later comments on where this is
+% useful.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_literal:n #1
{ \tex_special:D { pdf:literal~ #1 } }
@@ -631,22 +720,80 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_scope_begin:, \@@_scope_end:}
-% Scoping is done using direct PDF operations here.
+% Scoping is done using the driver-specific specials.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_scope_begin:
- { \@@_literal:n { q } }
+ { \tex_special:D { x:gsave } }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_scope_end:
- { \@@_literal:n { Q } }
+ { \tex_special:D { x:grestore } }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_matrix:n}
-% With \texttt{(x)dvipdfmx} the matrix has to include a translation
-% part: that is always zero and so is built in here so that the same
-% internal interface works for all PDF-related drivers.
+% \subsubsection{Box operations}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_box_use_clip:N}
+% The code here is idential to that for \texttt{pdfmode}: unlike rotation and
+% scaling, there is no higher-level support in the driver for clipping.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_matrix:n #1
- { \@@_literal:n { #1 \c_space_tl 0~0~cm } }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_box_use_clip:N #1
+ {
+ \@@_scope_begin:
+ \@@_literal:n
+ {
+ 0~
+ \dim_to_decimal_in_bp:n { -\box_dp:N #1 } ~
+ \dim_to_decimal_in_bp:n { \box_wd:N #1 } ~
+ \dim_to_decimal_in_bp:n { \box_ht:N #1 + \box_dp:N #1 } ~
+ re~W~n
+ }
+ \hbox_overlap_right:n { \box_use:N #1 }
+ \@@_scope_end:
+ \skip_horizontal:n { \box_wd:N #1 }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_box_use_rotate:Nn}
+% Rotating in \texttt{(x)}dvipdmfx can be implemented using either PDF or
+% driver-specific code. The former approach however is not \enquote{aware}
+% of the content of boxes: this means that any links embded will not be
+% adjusted by the rotation. As such, the driver-native approach is prefered:
+% the code therefore is similar (though not identical) to the \texttt{dvips}
+% version (notice the rotation angle here is positive). As for
+% \texttt{dvips}, zero rotation is written as |0| not |-0|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_box_use_rotate:Nn #1#2
+ {
+ \@@_scope_begin:
+ \tex_special:D
+ {
+ x:rotate~
+ \fp_compare:nNnTF {#2} = \c_zero_fp
+ { 0 }
+ { \fp_eval:n { round ( #2 , 5 ) } }
+ }
+ \box_use:N #1
+ \@@_scope_end:
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_box_use_scale:Nnn}
+% Much the same idea for scaling: use the higher-level driver operation to allow
+% for box content.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_box_use_scale:Nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \@@_scope_begin:
+ \tex_special:D
+ {
+ x:scale~
+ \fp_eval:n { round ( #2 , 5 ) } ~
+ \fp_eval:n { round ( #3 , 5 ) }
+ }
+ \hbox_overlap_right:n { \box_use:N #1 }
+ \@@_scope_end:
+ }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -724,103 +871,15 @@
%</xdvipdfmx>
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{Common code for PDF production}
+% \subsection{Drawing commands: \texttt{pdfmode} and \texttt{(x)dvipdfmx}}
%
-% As all of the drivers which understand PDF-targeted specials act in much
-% the same way there is a lot of shared code. Rather than try to DocStrip it
-% interspersed with the above, we collect all of it here.
+% Both \texttt{pdfmode} and \texttt{(x)dvipdfmx} directly produce PDF output
+% and undertand a shared set of specials for drawing commands.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*dvipdfmx|pdfmode|xdvipdfmx>
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsubsection{Box operations}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@@_box_use_clip:N}
-% The general method is to save the current location, define a clipping path
-% equivalent to the bounding box, then insert the content at the current
-% position and in a zero width box. The \enquote{real} width is then made up
-% using a horizontal skip before tidying up. There are other approaches that
-% can be taken (for example using XForm objects), but the logic here shares
-% as much code as possible and uses the same conversions (and so same
-% rounding errors) in all cases.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_box_use_clip:N #1
- {
- \@@_scope_begin:
- \@@_literal:n
- {
- 0~
- \dim_to_decimal_in_bp:n { -\box_dp:N #1 } ~
- \dim_to_decimal_in_bp:n { \box_wd:N #1 } ~
- \dim_to_decimal_in_bp:n { \box_ht:N #1 + \box_dp:N #1 } ~
- re~W~n
- }
- \hbox_overlap_right:n { \box_use:N #1 }
- \@@_scope_end:
- \skip_horizontal:n { \box_wd:N #1 }
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_box_use_rotate:Nn}
-% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_cos_fp, \l_@@_sin_fp}
-% Rotations are set using an affine transformation matrix which therefore
-% requires sine/cosine values not the angle itself. We store the rounded
-% values to avoid rounding twice. There are also a couple of comparisons to
-% ensure that |-0| is not written to the output, as this avoids any issues
-% with problematic display programs. Note that numbers are compared to~$0$
-% after rounding.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_box_use_rotate:Nn #1#2
- {
- \@@_scope_begin:
- \box_set_wd:Nn #1 \c_zero_dim
- \fp_set:Nn \l_@@_cos_fp { round ( cosd ( #2 ) , 5 ) }
- \fp_compare:nNnT \l_@@_cos_fp = \c_zero_fp
- { \fp_zero:N \l_@@_cos_fp }
- \fp_set:Nn \l_@@_sin_fp { round ( sind ( #2 ) , 5 ) }
- \@@_matrix:n
- {
- \fp_use:N \l_@@_cos_fp \c_space_tl
- \fp_compare:nNnTF \l_@@_sin_fp = \c_zero_fp
- { 0~0 }
- {
- \fp_use:N \l_@@_sin_fp
- \c_space_tl
- \fp_eval:n { -\l_@@_sin_fp }
- }
- \c_space_tl
- \fp_use:N \l_@@_cos_fp
- }
- \box_use:N #1
- \@@_scope_end:
- }
-\fp_new:N \l_@@_cos_fp
-\fp_new:N \l_@@_sin_fp
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{variable}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@@_box_use_scale:Nnn}
-% The same idea as for rotation but without the complexity of signs and
-% cosines.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_box_use_scale:Nnn #1#2#3
- {
- \@@_scope_begin:
- \@@_matrix:n
- {
- \fp_eval:n { round ( #2 , 5 ) } ~
- 0~0~
- \fp_eval:n { round ( #3 , 5 ) }
- }
- \hbox_overlap_right:n { \box_use:N #1 }
- \@@_scope_end:
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
% \subsection{Drawing}
%
% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_draw_literal:n, \@@_draw_literal:x}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3expan.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3expan.dtx
index fb54e04ad68..6908c0bc050 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3expan.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3expan.dtx
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3file.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3file.dtx
index 7422b8ccf8c..12ffc79a8c5 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3file.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3file.dtx
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3final.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3final.dtx
index 79363feca39..2c25386e920 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3final.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3final.dtx
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -98,11 +98,9 @@
% (The primitives have to be available at point of use not just at point of
% definition so a compatibility layer is hard to arrange here.)
% \begin{macrocode}
-\bool_if:nTF
- {
- \sys_if_engine_luatex_p:
- || \sys_if_engine_xetex_p:
- }
+\bool_lazy_or:nnTF
+ { \sys_if_engine_luatex_p: }
+ { \sys_if_engine_xetex_p: }
% \end{macrocode}
% Unicode engines: make these two invalid (this happens after \TeX{}
% has read and thrown away their use in the following).
@@ -261,11 +259,9 @@
\tex_everyjob:D
{
\tex_the:D \tex_everyjob:D
- \bool_if:nTF
- {
- \sys_if_engine_luatex_p: ||
- \sys_if_engine_xetex_p:
- }
+ \bool_lazy_or:nnTF
+ { \sys_if_engine_luatex_p: }
+ { \sys_if_engine_xetex_p: }
{
\tex_font:D \exp_not:c { TU/lmr/m/n/10 }
= "[lmroman10-regular.otf]/OT" \scan_stop:
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3flag.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3flag.dtx
index ef90edf32d5..658acbd3518 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3flag.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3flag.dtx
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-assign.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-assign.dtx
index e71d44c8ee9..02a22405d25 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-assign.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-assign.dtx
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
% {latex-team@latex-project.org}^^A
% }^^A
% }
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
% \maketitle
%
% \begin{documentation}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-aux.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-aux.dtx
index e6bc6fa3f8d..4d7ccd55a90 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-aux.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-aux.dtx
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-basics.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-basics.dtx
index 35c1b24b006..cd8a2822cec 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-basics.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-basics.dtx
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
% {latex-team@latex-project.org}^^A
% }^^A
% }
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-convert.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-convert.dtx
index e639be1259a..463892caee7 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-convert.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-convert.dtx
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-expo.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-expo.dtx
index 47a9536b72e..2cf6e06b8d5 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-expo.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-expo.dtx
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
% {latex-team@latex-project.org}^^A
% }^^A
% }
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-extended.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-extended.dtx
index 5c0e7151f5d..de04c7cf796 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-extended.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-extended.dtx
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
% {latex-team@latex-project.org}^^A
% }^^A
% }
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-logic.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-logic.dtx
index cafc264b333..c51dd6069f7 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-logic.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-logic.dtx
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
% {latex-team@latex-project.org}^^A
% }^^A
% }
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -376,21 +376,39 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\fp_step_inline:nnnn}
+% \begin{macro}{\fp_step_inline:nnnn, \fp_step_variable:nnnNn}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_step:NNnnnn}
% As for \cs{int_step_inline:nnnn}, create a global function and apply it,
% following up with a break point.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \fp_step_inline:nnnn #1#2#3#4
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \fp_step_inline:nnnn
{
\int_gincr:N \g__prg_map_int
- \cs_gset_protected:cpn { __prg_map_ \int_use:N \g__prg_map_int :w }
- ##1 {#4}
- \fp_step_function:nnnc {#1} {#2} {#3}
+ \exp_args:NNc \@@_step:NNnnnn
+ \cs_gset_protected:Npn
{ __prg_map_ \int_use:N \g__prg_map_int :w }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \fp_step_variable:nnnNn #1#2#3#4#5
+ {
+ \int_gincr:N \g__prg_map_int
+ \exp_args:NNc \@@_step:NNnnnn
+ \cs_gset_protected:Npx
+ { __prg_map_ \int_use:N \g__prg_map_int :w }
+ {#1} {#2} {#3}
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nn \exp_not:N #4 {##1}
+ \exp_not:n {#5}
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_step:NNnnnn #1#2#3#4#5#6
+ {
+ #1 #2 ##1 {#6}
+ \fp_step_function:nnnN {#3} {#4} {#5} #2
\__prg_break_point:Nn \scan_stop: { \int_gdecr:N \g__prg_map_int }
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\__msg_kernel_new:nnn { kernel } { fp-bad-step }
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-parse.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-parse.dtx
index 13d6b319723..83dca37310c 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-parse.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-parse.dtx
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
% {latex-team@latex-project.org}^^A
% }^^A
% }
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -986,15 +986,23 @@
% the unknown word could be a mistyped function as well as a mistyped
% constant, so there is no way to tell whether to look for arguments;
% we do not.
+% The standard requires \enquote{inf} and \enquote{infinity} and
+% \enquote{nan} to be recognized regardless of case, but we probably
+% don't want to allow every \pkg{l3fp} word to have an arbitrary
+% mixture of lower and upper case, so we test and use a
+% differently-named control sequence.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new:Npn \@@_parse_word:Nw #1#2;
{
\cs_if_exist_use:cF { @@_parse_word_#2:N }
{
- \__msg_kernel_expandable_error:nnn
- { kernel } { unknown-fp-word } {#2}
- \exp_after:wN \c_nan_fp \exp:w \exp_end_continue_f:w
- \@@_parse_infix:NN
+ \cs_if_exist_use:cF { @@_parse_caseless_ \str_fold_case:n {#2} :N }
+ {
+ \__msg_kernel_expandable_error:nnn
+ { kernel } { unknown-fp-word } {#2}
+ \exp_after:wN \c_nan_fp \exp:w \exp_end_continue_f:w
+ \@@_parse_infix:NN
+ }
}
#1
}
@@ -1924,6 +1932,21 @@
%
% \begin{macro}[aux, EXP]
% {
+% \@@_parse_caseless_inf:N,
+% \@@_parse_caseless_infinity:N,
+% \@@_parse_caseless_nan:N
+% }
+% Copies of \cs[no-index]{@@_parse_word_\ldots{}:N} commands, to allow
+% arbitrary case as mandated by the standard.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@@_parse_caseless_inf:N \@@_parse_word_inf:N
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@@_parse_caseless_infinity:N \@@_parse_word_inf:N
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@@_parse_caseless_nan:N \@@_parse_word_nan:N
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[aux, EXP]
+% {
% \@@_parse_word_pt:N , \@@_parse_word_in:N ,
% \@@_parse_word_pc:N , \@@_parse_word_cm:N , \@@_parse_word_mm:N ,
% \@@_parse_word_dd:N , \@@_parse_word_cc:N , \@@_parse_word_nd:N ,
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-random.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-random.dtx
index edaf36026cf..d78c7c5e2de 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-random.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-random.dtx
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
% {latex-team@latex-project.org}^^A
% }^^A
% }
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-round.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-round.dtx
index 88a50b7b6d4..dfc00ce2999 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-round.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-round.dtx
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-traps.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-traps.dtx
index 8cfde36c7fb..b11c8532a12 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-traps.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-traps.dtx
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
% {latex-team@latex-project.org}^^A
% }^^A
% }
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
% \maketitle
%
% \begin{documentation}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-trig.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-trig.dtx
index 88150107104..9ff46ddee9a 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-trig.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-trig.dtx
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
% {latex-team@latex-project.org}^^A
% }^^A
% }
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp.dtx
index 3c8aff7343a..380dd7f3641 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp.dtx
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -573,6 +573,20 @@
% \meta{code} should define a function of one argument~(|#1|).
% \end{function}
%
+% \begin{function}[added = 2017-04-12]{\fp_step_variable:nnnNn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{fp_step_variable:nnnNn} \\
+% ~~\Arg{initial value} \Arg{step} \Arg{final value} \meta{tl~var} \Arg{code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% This function first evaluates the \meta{initial value}, \meta{step}
+% and \meta{final value}, all of which should be floating point expressions.
+% Then for each \meta{value} from the \meta{initial value} to the
+% \meta{final value} in turn (using \meta{step} between each
+% \meta{value}), the \meta{code} is inserted into the input stream,
+% with the \meta{tl~var} defined as the current \meta{value}. Thus
+% the \meta{code} should make use of the \meta{tl~var}.
+% \end{function}
+%
% \section{Some useful constants, and scratch variables}
%
% \begin{variable}[added = 2012-05-08]{\c_zero_fp, \c_minus_zero_fp}
@@ -1029,8 +1043,8 @@
% Computes the sine, cosine, tangent, cotangent, cosecant, or secant
% of the \meta{fpexpr} given in radians. For arguments given in
% degrees, see \texttt{sind}, \texttt{cosd}, \emph{etc.} Note that
-% since $\pi$~is irrational, $\operatorname{sin}(8pi)$ is not quite
-% zero, while its analog $\operatorname{sind}(8\times 180)$ is exactly
+% since $\pi$~is irrational, $\operatorname{sin}(8\mathrm{pi})$ is not quite
+% zero, while its analogue $\operatorname{sind}(8\times 180)$ is exactly
% zero. The trigonometric functions are undefined for
% an argument of $\pm\infty$, leading to the \enquote{invalid
% operation} exception. Additionally, evaluating tangent,
@@ -1052,8 +1066,8 @@
% Computes the sine, cosine, tangent, cotangent, cosecant, or secant
% of the \meta{fpexpr} given in degrees. For arguments given in
% radians, see \texttt{sin}, \texttt{cos}, \emph{etc.} Note that
-% since $\pi$~is irrational, $\operatorname{sin}(8pi)$ is not quite
-% zero, while its analog $\operatorname{sind}(8\times 180)$ is exactly
+% since $\pi$~is irrational, $\operatorname{sin}(8\mathrm{pi})$ is not quite
+% zero, while its analogue $\operatorname{sind}(8\times 180)$ is exactly
% zero. The trigonometric functions are undefined for
% an argument of $\pm\infty$, leading to the \enquote{invalid
% operation} exception. Additionally, evaluating tangent,
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3int.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3int.dtx
index 6514b100b29..7ea2be4fed0 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3int.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3int.dtx
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@
% code seen with token list variables.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \int_set:Nn #1#2
- { #1 ~ \@@_eval:w #2\@@_eval_end: }
+ { #1 ~ \@@_eval:w #2 \@@_eval_end: }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \int_gset:Nn { \tex_global:D \int_set:Nn }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \int_set:Nn { c }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \int_gset:Nn { c }
@@ -1757,14 +1757,14 @@
{
\int_gincr:N \g__prg_map_int
\exp_args:NNc \@@_step:NNnnnn
- \cs_gset:Npn
+ \cs_gset_protected:Npn
{ __prg_map_ \int_use:N \g__prg_map_int :w }
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \int_step_variable:nnnNn #1#2#3#4#5
{
\int_gincr:N \g__prg_map_int
\exp_args:NNc \@@_step:NNnnnn
- \cs_gset:Npx
+ \cs_gset_protected:Npx
{ __prg_map_ \int_use:N \g__prg_map_int :w }
{#1}{#2}{#3}
{
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3keys.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3keys.dtx
index 68edc695ad3..13c088c2785 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3keys.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3keys.dtx
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3luatex.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3luatex.dtx
index 21d8175361c..9fd49d2acd4 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3luatex.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3luatex.dtx
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3msg.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3msg.dtx
index 7427a556d09..466da628f8a 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3msg.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3msg.dtx
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3names.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3names.dtx
index ad97bd167ae..d46b5c9fbf6 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3names.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3names.dtx
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3oldmodules.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3oldmodules.dtx
index 7ba7671cfc4..b52cec077c2 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3oldmodules.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3oldmodules.dtx
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
% }
%
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -149,5 +149,4 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \end{implementation}
-%
-% \endinput
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3prg.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3prg.dtx
index 2636aa962af..055fab38e6b 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3prg.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3prg.dtx
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3prop.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3prop.dtx
index fc18d78ff68..b30ad2e1278 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3prop.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3prop.dtx
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -1065,13 +1065,15 @@
% of the form \cs{@@_pair:wn} \meta{key} \cs{s_@@} \Arg{value}, there
% are a leading and a trailing tokens, but both are equal to
% \cs{scan_stop:}, hence have no effect in such inline mapping.
+% Such \cs{scan_stop:} could have affected ligatures if they appeared
+% during the mapping.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \prop_map_inline:Nn #1#2
{
\cs_gset_eq:cN
{ __prg_map_ \int_use:N \g__prg_map_int :wn } \@@_pair:wn
\int_gincr:N \g__prg_map_int
- \cs_gset:Npn \@@_pair:wn ##1 \s_@@ ##2 {#2}
+ \cs_gset_protected:Npn \@@_pair:wn ##1 \s_@@ ##2 {#2}
#1
\__prg_break_point:Nn \prop_map_break:
{
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3quark.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3quark.dtx
index 7895de31175..6cfbf18f043 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3quark.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3quark.dtx
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -641,5 +641,3 @@
% \end{implementation}
%
% \PrintIndex
-%
-% \endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3seq.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3seq.dtx
index e71c5c6de33..3681b4b4104 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3seq.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3seq.dtx
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3skip.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3skip.dtx
index 3db7d8feca1..0fc90333ab8 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3skip.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3skip.dtx
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3sort.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3sort.dtx
index a7055a98d9a..9a7e9709631 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3sort.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3sort.dtx
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3str.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3str.dtx
index 6eb0a994ef1..90c2f79fc8b 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3str.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3str.dtx
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@
%
% \section{String manipulation}
%
-% \begin{function}[rEXP, added = 2015-03-01]
+% \begin{function}[EXP, added = 2015-03-01]
% {
% \str_lower_case:n, \str_lower_case:f,
% \str_upper_case:n, \str_upper_case:f
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3sys.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3sys.dtx
index cb65137fb1a..ba1d67bd495 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3sys.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3sys.dtx
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -218,11 +218,9 @@
}
\cs_if_exist:NT \ptex_kanjiskip:D
{
- \bool_if:nTF
- {
- \cs_if_exist_p:N \uptex_disablecjktoken:D &&
- \int_compare_p:nNn { \ptex_jis:D "2121 } = { "3000 }
- }
+ \bool_lazy_and:nnTF
+ { \cs_if_exist_p:N \uptex_disablecjktoken:D }
+ { \int_compare_p:nNn { \ptex_jis:D "2121 } = { "3000 } }
{
\cs_gset_eq:NN \sys_if_engine_uptex:T \use:n
\cs_gset_eq:NN \sys_if_engine_uptex:F \use_none:n
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3tl.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3tl.dtx
index 6209a7b5f8d..d111582686f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3tl.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3tl.dtx
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -2211,7 +2211,8 @@
\cs_new_protected:Npn \tl_map_inline:nn #1#2
{
\int_gincr:N \g__prg_map_int
- \cs_gset:cpn { __prg_map_ \int_use:N \g__prg_map_int :w } ##1 {#2}
+ \cs_gset_protected:cpn
+ { __prg_map_ \int_use:N \g__prg_map_int :w } ##1 {#2}
\exp_args:Nc \@@_map_function:Nn
{ __prg_map_ \int_use:N \g__prg_map_int :w }
#1 \q_recursion_tail
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3token.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3token.dtx
index bda063e728c..9b74a8f8346 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3token.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3token.dtx
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/l3keys2e/l3keys2e.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/l3keys2e/l3keys2e.dtx
index 1041469c9bb..18465e22d54 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/l3keys2e/l3keys2e.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/l3keys2e/l3keys2e.dtx
@@ -23,8 +23,8 @@
%<*driver|package>
% The version of expl3 required is tested as early as possible, as
% some really old versions do not define \ProvidesExplPackage.
-\RequirePackage{expl3}[2017/04/01]
-%<package>\@ifpackagelater{expl3}{2017/04/01}
+\RequirePackage{expl3}[2017/05/13]
+%<package>\@ifpackagelater{expl3}{2017/05/13}
%<package> {}
%<package> {%
%<package> \PackageError{l3keys2e}{Support package l3kernel too old}
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesExplPackage{l3keys2e}{2017/04/01}{}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{l3keys2e}{2017/05/13}{}
{LaTeX2e option processing using LaTeX3 keys}
% \end{macrocode}
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xfp/xfp.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xfp/xfp.dtx
index 481b56eec02..0196c9cd775 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xfp/xfp.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xfp/xfp.dtx
@@ -23,8 +23,8 @@
%<*driver|package>
% The version of expl3 required is tested as early as possible, as
% some really old versions do not define \ProvidesExplPackage.
-\RequirePackage{expl3}[2017/04/01]
-%<package>\@ifpackagelater{expl3}{2017/04/01}
+\RequirePackage{expl3}[2017/05/13]
+%<package>\@ifpackagelater{expl3}{2017/05/13}
%<package> {}
%<package> {%
%<package> \PackageError{xfpu}{Support package l3kernel too old}
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesExplPackage{xfp}{2017/04/01}{}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{xfp}{2017/05/13}{}
{L3 Floating point unit}
% \end{macrocode}
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xfrac/xfrac.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xfrac/xfrac.dtx
index 06c10494676..2556fa267bf 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xfrac/xfrac.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xfrac/xfrac.dtx
@@ -24,8 +24,8 @@
%<*driver|package>
% The version of expl3 required is tested as early as possible, as
% some really old versions do not define \ProvidesExplPackage.
-\RequirePackage{expl3}[2017/04/01]
-%<package>\@ifpackagelater{expl3}{2017/04/01}
+\RequirePackage{expl3}[2017/05/13]
+%<package>\@ifpackagelater{expl3}{2017/05/13}
%<package> {}
%<package> {%
%<package> \PackageError{xfrac}{Support package l3kernel too old}
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesExplPackage{xfrac}{2017/04/01}{}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{xfrac}{2017/05/13}{}
{L3 Experimental split-level fractions}
% \end{macrocode}
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xparse/xparse.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xparse/xparse.dtx
index 46243389c01..95e08f91fdb 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xparse/xparse.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xparse/xparse.dtx
@@ -27,8 +27,8 @@
%<*driver|package>
% The version of expl3 required is tested as early as possible, as
% some really old versions do not define \ProvidesExplPackage.
-\RequirePackage{expl3}[2017/04/01]
-%<package>\@ifpackagelater{expl3}{2017/04/01}
+\RequirePackage{expl3}[2017/05/13]
+%<package>\@ifpackagelater{expl3}{2017/05/13}
%<package> {}
%<package> {%
%<package> \PackageError{xparse}{Support package l3kernel too old}
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -179,12 +179,12 @@
% |-NoValue-| if not present.
% \item[G] As for \texttt{g} but returns \meta{default} if no value
% is given: \texttt{G}\marg{default}.
-% \item[e] An optional set of \emph{embellishments}, each of which requires a
-% \emph{value}. If a key is not present, |-NoValue-| is returned.
-% The returned data is a token list comprising one braced entry per key,
-% ordered as for the key list in the argument specification. Given as
-% \texttt{e}\marg{tokens}. All \meta{tokens} must be distinct.
-% \emph{This is an experimental type}.
+% \item[e] A set of optional \emph{embellishments}, each of which
+% requires a \emph{value}: \texttt{e}\marg{tokens}. If an
+% embellishment is not present, |-NoValue-| is returned. Each
+% embellishment gives one argument, ordered as for the list of
+% \meta{tokens} in the argument specification. All \meta{tokens}
+% must be distinct. \emph{This is an experimental type}.
% \item[E] As for \texttt{e} but returns one or more \meta{defaults}
% if values are not given: \texttt{E}\marg{tokens}\marg{defaults}. See
% Section~\ref{sec:embellishment} for more details.
@@ -776,7 +776,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesExplPackage{xparse}{2017/04/01}{}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{xparse}{2017/05/13}{}
{L3 Experimental document command parser}
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -828,9 +828,10 @@
% \end{variable}
%
% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_current_arg_int}
-% The number of the current argument being set up: this is used for creating
-% the expandable auxiliary functions, and also to indicate if all arguments
-% are \texttt{m}-type.
+% The number of the current argument being set up: this is used to
+% make sure there are at most 9 arguments, then for creating the
+% expandable auxiliary functions and knowing how many arguments the
+% code function should take.
% \begin{macrocode}
\int_new:N \l_@@_current_arg_int
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1292,7 +1293,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@@_defaults:}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_defaults_def:, \@@_defaults_def:nn, \@@_defaults_def:nnn, \@@_defaults_def_aux:nn}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_defaults_def:, \@@_defaults_def:nn, \@@_defaults_def:nnn}
% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_defaults_aux:, \@@_defaults_error:w}
% First construct \cs{@@_tmp:w} (see below) that will receive
% the arguments found so far and determine default values for any
@@ -1332,13 +1333,7 @@
% |{#|\meta{arg number}|}| for arguments found in the input (whose
% default will not be used) and otherwise
% |{|\cs{exp_not:n}\Arg{default}|}| for arguments whose default will
-% be used. The case of \texttt{E}-type arguments, detected by
-% \cs{tl_if_head_is_group:nTF}, is special because we may need to
-% partly use an argument found in the input and partly some default.
-% This case is delayed until \cs{@@_tmp:w} is called: then we
-% map through the original argument and its corresponding list of
-% defaults; for each item (corresponding to one embellishment) if a
-% value has already been found use it otherwise use the default.
+% be used.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_defaults_def:
{
@@ -1357,36 +1352,18 @@
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_defaults_def:nnn #1#2#3
{
- \tl_if_head_is_group:nTF {#3}
+ \tl_put_right:Nx \l_@@_tmpa_tl
{
- \tl_put_right:Nn \l_@@_tmpa_tl
- {
+ {
+ \exp_not:N \exp_not:n
{
- \exp_args:Nf \@@_tl_mapthread_function:nnN
- { \tl_item:Nn \l_@@_args_tl {#1} }
- {#3}
- \@@_defaults_def_aux:nn
+ \@@_if_no_value:nTF {#2}
+ { \exp_not:o {#3} }
+ { \exp_not:n { ## #1 } }
}
- }
- }
- {
- \@@_if_no_value:nTF {#2}
- {
- \tl_put_right:Nx \l_@@_tmpa_tl
- { { \exp_not:N \exp_not:n { \exp_not:o {#3} } } }
- }
- {
- \tl_put_right:Nn \l_@@_tmpa_tl
- { { \exp_not:n { ## #1 } } }
- }
+ }
}
}
-\cs_new:Npn \@@_defaults_def_aux:nn #1#2
- {
- \@@_if_no_value:nTF {#1}
- { { \exp_not:n {#2} } }
- { { \exp_not:n {#1} } }
- }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -1442,7 +1419,6 @@
% \begin{macro}[EXP,aux]{\@@_end_expandable_defaults:nnnNNn}
% \begin{macro}[EXP,aux]{\@@_end_expandable_defaults:nnw}
% \begin{macro}[EXP,aux]{\@@_end_expandable_defaults:nw}
-% \begin{macro}[EXP,aux]{\@@_end_expandable_defaults_E:nnw}
% Followed by a function |#1| to determine default values (or |?| if
% there are no defaults), the code
% |#2|, arguments that have been grabbed, then \cs{q_@@} and two generic
@@ -1485,28 +1461,9 @@
}
\cs_new:Npn \@@_end_expandable_defaults:nnw #1#2
{
- \tl_if_head_is_group:nTF {#1}
- {
- \@@_end_expandable_defaults_E:nnw { }
- #1 \q_nil \q_mark
- #2 \q_nil
- }
- {
- \@@_if_no_value:nTF {#2}
- { \exp_args:No \@@_end_expandable_defaults:nw {#1} }
- { \@@_end_expandable_defaults:nw {#2} }
- }
- }
-\cs_new:Npn \@@_end_expandable_defaults_E:nnw #1#2#3 \q_mark #4
- {
- \quark_if_nil:nTF {#2}
- { \@@_end_expandable_defaults:nw {#1} }
- {
- \@@_if_no_value:nTF {#4}
- { \@@_end_expandable_defaults_E:nnw { #1 {#2} } }
- { \@@_end_expandable_defaults_E:nnw { #1 {#4} } }
- #3 \q_mark
- }
+ \@@_if_no_value:nTF {#2}
+ { \exp_args:No \@@_end_expandable_defaults:nw {#1} }
+ { \@@_end_expandable_defaults:nw {#2} }
}
\cs_new:Npn \@@_end_expandable_defaults:nw
#1#2 \@@_end_expandable_defaults:nnnNNn #3
@@ -1518,7 +1475,6 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Normalizing the argument specifications}
%
@@ -1715,7 +1671,9 @@
% forbidden types for expandable commands. For \texttt{E}-type
% require that there is at least one embellishment, that each one is a
% single token, and that there aren't more optional arguments than
-% embellishments. Then store the data in \cs{l_@@_arg_spec_tl}, and
+% embellishments; also remember that each embellishment counts as one
+% argument for \cs{l_@@_current_arg_int}. Then in each case
+% store the data in \cs{l_@@_arg_spec_tl}, and
% for later checks store in \cs{l_@@_last_delimiters_tl} the tokens
% whose presence determines whether there is an optional argument (for
% braces store |{}|, seen later as an empty delimiter).
@@ -1741,6 +1699,7 @@
\@@_add_arg_spec:n { E {#1} {#2} }
\tl_put_right:Nn \l_@@_last_delimiters_tl {#1}
\bool_set_false:N \l_@@_grab_expandably_bool
+ \int_add:Nn \l_@@_current_arg_int { \tl_count:n {#1} - 1 }
\@@_normalize_arg_spec_loop:n
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_normalize_E_unique_check:w #1#2 \q_stop
@@ -1993,7 +1952,6 @@
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_prepare_signature_bypass:N #1
{
\quark_if_recursion_tail_stop:N #1
- \int_incr:N \l_@@_current_arg_int
\use:c
{
@@_add
@@ -2015,11 +1973,12 @@
% type. All of the functions then call the loop function
% \cs{@@_prepare_signature:N}. Default values of arguments are
% collected by \cs{@@_add_default:n} rather than being stored with the
-% argument.
+% argument; this function and \cs{@@_add_default:} are also responsible
+% for keeping track of \cs{l_@@_current_arg_int}.
%
% \begin{macro}{\@@_add_type_+:w}
-% Making the next argument long means setting the flag and knocking one back
-% off the total argument count. The \texttt{m} arguments are recorded here as
+% Making the next argument long means setting the flag. The \texttt{m}
+% arguments are recorded here as
% this has to be done for every case where there is then a long argument.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:cpn { @@_add_type_+:w }
@@ -2027,7 +1986,6 @@
\@@_flush_m_args:
\bool_set_true:N \l_@@_long_bool
\bool_set_true:N \l_@@_prefixed_bool
- \int_decr:N \l_@@_current_arg_int
\@@_prepare_signature_bypass:N
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -2044,7 +2002,6 @@
\@@_flush_m_args:
\bool_set_true:N \l_@@_prefixed_bool
\bool_set_true:N \l_@@_process_some_bool
- \int_decr:N \l_@@_current_arg_int
\tl_put_left:Nn \l_@@_process_one_tl { {#1} }
\@@_prepare_signature_bypass:N
}
@@ -2214,7 +2171,7 @@
% the signature is done here. For mandatory arguments, the only question
% is whether to add a long grabber. For optional arguments, there is
% also a check to see if any mandatory arguments are still to be added.
-% This is used to determine whether to skip spaces or not where
+% This is used to determine whether to skip spaces or not when
% searching for the argument.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_add_grabber_mandatory:N #1
@@ -2253,45 +2210,39 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@@_add_default:n, \@@_add_default:, \@@_add_default_E:nn}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_add_default_E_aux:n}
% Store the default value of an argument, or rather code that gives
% that default value (it may involve other arguments). This is
% \cs{c_@@_no_value_tl} for arguments with no actual default or with
-% default |-NoValue-|; \cs{prg_do_nothing:} followed by a default
-% value for most others, and a token list of braced arguments for
-% \texttt{E}-type arguments. For \texttt{E}-type arguments, pad the
-% defaults |#2| with some |{-NoValue-}| until there are as many as
-% embellishments~|#1|. These functions are also used when defining
-% expandable commands.
+% default |-NoValue-|; and (in a brace group) \cs{prg_do_nothing:}
+% followed by a default value for others. For \texttt{E}-type
+% arguments, pad the defaults |#2| with some \cs{c_@@_no_value_tl}
+% until there are as many as embellishments~|#1|. These functions are
+% also used when defining expandable commands.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_add_default:n #1
{
\@@_if_no_value:nTF {#1}
{ \@@_add_default: }
{
+ \int_incr:N \l_@@_current_arg_int
\bool_set_true:N \l_@@_defaults_bool
\tl_put_right:Nn \l_@@_defaults_tl { { \prg_do_nothing: #1 } }
}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_add_default:
- { \tl_put_right:Nn \l_@@_defaults_tl { \c_@@_no_value_tl } }
+ {
+ \int_incr:N \l_@@_current_arg_int
+ \tl_put_right:Nn \l_@@_defaults_tl { \c_@@_no_value_tl }
+ }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_add_default_E:nn #1#2
{
- \bool_set_true:N \l_@@_defaults_bool
- \tl_put_right:Nx \l_@@_defaults_tl
- {
- {
- \tl_map_function:nN {#2} \@@_add_default_E_aux:n
- \prg_replicate:nn
- { \tl_count:n {#1} - \tl_count:n {#2} }
- { { \c_@@_no_value_tl } }
- }
- }
+ \tl_map_function:nN {#2} \@@_add_default:n
+ \prg_replicate:nn
+ { \tl_count:n {#1} - \tl_count:n {#2} }
+ { \@@_add_default: }
}
-\cs_new:Npn \@@_add_default_E_aux:n #1 { \exp_not:n { {#1} } }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Setting up expandable types}
%
@@ -2310,7 +2261,6 @@
\cs_new_protected:cpn { @@_add_expandable_type_+:w }
{
\bool_set_true:N \l_@@_long_bool
- \int_decr:N \l_@@_current_arg_int
\@@_prepare_signature:N
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -2377,7 +2327,7 @@
% the auxiliary and the token in \cs{l_@@_tmpb_tl}, before appending
% the whole set of these pairs to the signature, and an equal number
% of |-NoValue-| markers (regardless of the default values of
-% arguments).
+% arguments). Set the current argument appropriately.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_add_expandable_type_E:w #1#2
{
@@ -2766,18 +2716,14 @@
\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_signature_tl {#2}
\cs_set_protected:Npn \@@_grab_E_finalise:
{
- \tl_clear:N \l_@@_tmpa_tl
\tl_map_inline:nn {#1}
{
\prop_get:NnNF \l_@@_tmp_prop {####1} \l_@@_tmpb_tl
{ \tl_set_eq:NN \l_@@_tmpb_tl \c_@@_no_value_tl }
- \tl_set:Nx \l_@@_tmpa_tl
- {
- \exp_not:V \l_@@_tmpa_tl
- { \exp_not:V \l_@@_tmpb_tl }
- }
+ \tl_put_right:Nx \l_@@_args_tl
+ { { \exp_not:V \l_@@_tmpb_tl } }
}
- \@@_add_arg:V \l_@@_tmpa_tl
+ \l_@@_signature_tl \@@_run_code:
}
\@@_grab_E_loop:nnN {#4} { } #1 \q_recursion_tail \q_recursion_stop
}
@@ -3570,7 +3516,7 @@
\cs_new:Npn \@@_expandable_grab_E_find:nnw #1#2#3 \q_nil #4 \q_@@ #5#6#7#8
{ \@@_expandable_grab_E_aux:w {#1} { #2 {#8} #3 } #4 \q_@@ #5 #6 #7 }
\cs_new:Npn \@@_expandable_grab_E_end:nnw #1#2#3 \q_@@ #4#5#6
- { #3 {#2} \q_@@ #4 #5 {#1} }
+ { #3 #2 \q_@@ #4 #5 {#1} }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xtemplate/xtemplate.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xtemplate/xtemplate.dtx
index d210104e72e..069612e4d0d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xtemplate/xtemplate.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xtemplate/xtemplate.dtx
@@ -27,8 +27,8 @@
%<*driver|package>
% The version of expl3 required is tested as early as possible, as
% some really old versions do not define \ProvidesExplPackage.
-\RequirePackage{expl3}[2017/04/01]
-%<package>\@ifpackagelater{expl3}{2017/04/01}
+\RequirePackage{expl3}[2017/05/13]
+%<package>\@ifpackagelater{expl3}{2017/05/13}
%<package> {}
%<package> {%
%<package> \PackageError{xtemplate}{Support package l3kernel too old}
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
% }^^A
% }
%
-% \date{Released 2017/04/01}
+% \date{Released 2017/05/13}
%
% \maketitle
%
@@ -682,7 +682,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesExplPackage{xtemplate}{2017/04/01}{}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{xtemplate}{2017/05/13}{}
{L3 Experimental prototype document functions}
% \end{macrocode}
%